WO2016097869A1 - Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors - Google Patents

Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016097869A1
WO2016097869A1 PCT/IB2015/002521 IB2015002521W WO2016097869A1 WO 2016097869 A1 WO2016097869 A1 WO 2016097869A1 IB 2015002521 W IB2015002521 W IB 2015002521W WO 2016097869 A1 WO2016097869 A1 WO 2016097869A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
mmol
chemical compound
formula
additional embodiments
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2015/002521
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2016097869A4 (en
Inventor
Moonsoo Kim
Chaewoon LEE
Gilnam Lee
Cheolhwan YOON
Jeongbeob Seo
Jay Hak KIM
Minwoo Lee
Hankyul JEONG
Hyang Choi
Myung Eun JUNG
Ki Nam LEE
Hyun Jung KIM
Hye Kyoung KIM
Jae Il LEE
Misoon KIM
Soongyu Choi
Original Assignee
Cmg Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
Handok Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cmg Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Handok Inc. filed Critical Cmg Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
Priority to AU2015365587A priority Critical patent/AU2015365587B2/en
Priority to CN201580075880.1A priority patent/CN107207514B/en
Priority to FIEP15869420.8T priority patent/FI3233863T3/en
Priority to KR1020247012821A priority patent/KR20240055170A/en
Priority to RU2017125025A priority patent/RU2708674C2/en
Priority to KR1020177018519A priority patent/KR102659741B1/en
Priority to EP15869420.8A priority patent/EP3233863B1/en
Priority to EP24169331.6A priority patent/EP4420732A2/en
Priority to MX2017007748A priority patent/MX2017007748A/en
Priority to CA2971024A priority patent/CA2971024C/en
Priority to BR112017012755-5A priority patent/BR112017012755B1/en
Priority to JP2017533343A priority patent/JP6609631B2/en
Priority to DK15869420.8T priority patent/DK3233863T3/en
Publication of WO2016097869A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016097869A1/en
Publication of WO2016097869A4 publication Critical patent/WO2016097869A4/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to new chemical entities and use of the entities as TRK inhibitors.
  • Trk's are high affinity tyrosine kinase receptors that are activated by Neurotrophins (NT).
  • the Trk receptor family has three members: TrkA, TrkB and TrkC.
  • TrkA soluble growth factors Nerve Growth Factor
  • BDNF Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor
  • NT-4/5 Neurotrophin-3
  • TrkC Neurotrophin-3 TrkC.
  • Trk's are widely expressed in neuronal tissue and are implicated in the maintenance, signaling and survival of neuronal cells (Patapoutian, A. eta!., Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 2001, 11, 272-280).
  • Inhibitors of the Trk neutrophin pathway have been demonstrated to be effective in numerous pre-e inical animal models of pain.
  • Antagonistic NGF and TrkA antibodies have been shown to be efficacious in inflammatory and neuropathic pain animal models and in human clinical trials.
  • NGF secreted by tumor cells and tumor invading macrophages directly stimulates TrkA located on peripheral pain fibers.
  • Using various tumor models in both mice and rats it was demonstrated that neutralizing NGF with a monoclonal antibody inhibits cancer related pain to a degree similar or superior to the highest tolerated dose of morphine.
  • Activation of the BDNF/TrkB pathway has been implicated in numerous studies as a modulator of marious types of pain including inflammatory pain ( atayoshi, S., J. Physiol. 2005, 569:685-695), neuropathic pain (Thompson, S.W. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • TrkA and TrkB kinases may serve as a mediator of NGF driven biological responses, inhibitors of TrkA and/or other Trk kinases may provide an effective treatment for chronic pain states.
  • Trk kinases The association between overexpression, activation, amplification and/or mutation of Trk kinases and several cancers as seen with studies conduct on neui blastoma (Brodeur, G.M Nat. Rev. Cancer 2003, 3, 203-216), ovarian cancer (Kruettgen et al. Brain Pathology 2006, 75:304-310), prostate cancer (Dionne et al. Clin. Cancer Res. 1998, 4(8), 1887-1898), pancreatic cancer (Dang et al. j of Gastroenterology ami Hepatology 2006, 27(5), 850-858), large cell neuroendocrine tumors (Marchetti et al. Human Mutation 2008, 29(5), 609-616), and colorectal cancer (Bardeiii, A.
  • TrkA, B and C were efficacious in both inhibiting tumor growth and stopping tumor metastasis (Nakagawara, A. Cancer Letters 2001, 759:107-114; Meyer, J. et al. Leukemia 2007, 1-10; Pierottia, M.A. and Greco A. Cancer Letters, 2006, 232:90-98; Eric Adriaenssens, E. et ai. Cancer Res 2008, 68(2), 346-351).
  • Recent literature has identified new gene fusions in patients with lung cancer harboring the kinase domain of the NTRK1 gene that encodes the high-affinity nerve growth factor receptor-TrkA. protein (Vaishnavi, A. et. al. Nature Medisine 2013, 79(11), 1469-1472).
  • the present application discloses new chemical entities. These new chemical entities can work Trk inhibitors and are believed to be useful in the treatment of multiple types of acute and chrome pain including but not limited to inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, and pain associated with cancer, surgery and bone fracture. The compounds are also believed to be useful in the treatment of cancer, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases and certain infectious diseases.
  • One aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof:
  • R of Formula I is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups, wherein the one or more substituent groups are independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , NH 2 , hydroxyl, linear C1 -C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched C1 -C4 alkoxy.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl and branched linear C1-C4 alkyl.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 0-, -CH 2 NH-,
  • J is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, linear Cl- C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl.
  • -NR 4 R 5 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocyiic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of - R 4 R 5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1 -C6 alkyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, linear C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl
  • R s is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C -C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, and C1 -C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxvl.
  • Y 1 , Y , Y°, and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR°, and -NR 6 , wherein R (> is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, 5-6 membered aiyl ring, 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring, 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- 7 membered cycloalkyl ring, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -CH 2 CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
  • R ! of Formula I is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched Cl- C4 alkoxy.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or halogen.
  • - R 4 R 5 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocylic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of -NR 4 R 5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 alky], branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxytic acid, linear C1-C4 alkyl carboxyhc acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear Cl- C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl
  • R J is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyi optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, and C1-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl.
  • Y l , Y 2 , Y°, and Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR 6 , and -NR.”, wherein R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyi, 5-6 membered aryl ring, 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring, 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- 7 membered cycloalkyl ring, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -CH 2 CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
  • R 1 a phenyl ring substituted with one or more substituent groups may be independently selected from the group consisting of fluorine, methoxy and ethoxy;
  • R 2 and R J are H;
  • R 3 may be selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, t-butyl, methoxyethyl and hydroxyethyl.
  • R 1 may be a pyridine ring substituted with at least one selected from the group consisting of fluorine and niethoxy; R and R' are H; R 3 may be selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, t-butyl, nietlioxyethyl and hydroxyethyl.
  • R 3 ⁇ 4 may be a pyrid-2-on-3-yl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 fiuoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 difluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 difluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 trifluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 trifluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 hyroxyalkyl, branched C1-C6 hyroxyalkyl, linear C2-C6 difluoroalkyl, and branched C2-C6 difluoroalkyl.
  • -NR 4 R 5 forming a 4-7 membered heterocylic ring may be a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • the second heteroatom in the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring may be selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the compound of Formula I is a com ound of Formula II:
  • the compound of Formula I is a compound of Fomiula HI:
  • the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula IV:
  • the salt of the compound of Formula I may be selected from the group consisting of acetate, benzoate, besylate, biiartrate, bromide, carbonate, chloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, iodide, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methyl bromide, methyl sulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, oxalate, pamoate, phosphate, diphosphate, salicylate, disalicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, trieihiodide, trifluoroacetate and valerate.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a TRK mediated disease selected from the group consisting of papillary thyroid carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, breast carcinoma, neuroblastoma, pain, cachexia, dermatitis and asthma.
  • the method comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such treatment.
  • Still another aspect of the invention provides a method of inhibiting a TRK enzyme.
  • the method comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such inhibition.
  • Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the ait or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
  • groups and substituents thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
  • substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical Formulas, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left.
  • CH 2 .O is equivalent to OCH 2.
  • the use of general chemical terms, such as though not limited to "alkyl,” “amine,” “arvL” are equivalent to their optionally substituted forms.
  • alkyl as used herein, includes optionally substituted alkyl.
  • the compounds presented herein may possess one or more stereocenters and each center may exist in the R or S configuration, or combinations thereof. Likewise, the compounds presented herein may possess one or more double bonds and each may exist in the E (trans) or Z (cis) configuration, or combinations thereof. Presentation of one particular stereoisomer, regioisomer, diastereomer, enantiomer or epimer should be understood to include all possible stereoisomers, regioisomers, diastereomers, enantiomers or epimers and mixtures thereof. Thus, the compounds presented herein include all separate configurational stereoisomeric, regioisomenc, diastereomenc, enantiomeric, and epimenc forms as well as the corresponding mixtures thereof.
  • bond refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • optionally substituted alkyl means either “aikyl” or “substituted alkyl” as defined below.
  • an optionally substituted group may be un-substituted (e.g., CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., CF 2 CF 3 ), mono-substituted (e.g., ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ ( ' ! or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and mono- substituted (e. g.
  • substituted alkyl includes optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups, which in turn are defined as including optionally substituted alkyl groups, potentially ad infinitum) that are stericaily impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible.
  • any substituents described should generally be understood as having a maximum molecular weight of about 1,000 daltons, and more typically, up to about 500 daltons (except in those instances where macromolecular substituents are clearly intended, e.g., polypeptides, polysaccharides, polyethylene glycols, DNA, RNA and the
  • Ci-Cn includes Cj-Ci, Ci ⁇ C 3 , ... Ci ⁇ Cn.
  • a group designated as "C 1 -C4" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms, as well as the ranges Ci ⁇ C 2 and Cr-C 3 .
  • C1-C4 alkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alky] group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • a numerical range such as “1 to 10” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 10 carbon atoms” means that the group may have 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms, 7 carbon atoms, 8 carbon atoms, 9 carbon atoms, or 10 carbon atoms.
  • heteroatom or “hetero” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an atom other than carbon and hydrogen. Heteroatoms are independently selected from among oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin but are not limited to these atoms. When two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms can be the same as each another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from the others.
  • alkyl refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon monoradical having from one to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably one to six carbon atoms.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-l-propyl, 2-methyi-2-propyi, 2-methyl-l- butyl, 3 -methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l-propyl, 2-methyl-l-pentyl, 3 -methyl- 1 - pentyl, 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2 -dimethyl-1- butyl, 3,3 -dimethyl-1 -butyl, 2 -ethyl-l-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyi, sec-butyl, t-butyi, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neo- pentyl, tert-amyl and hexy
  • a numerical range such as "Cj-Ce alkyl” or "Ci j alkyl” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • alkylene refers to a diradical derived from the above-defined monoradical, alkyl. Examples include, but are not limited to methylene (-( ' ! I . ⁇ ). ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 ), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 ), isopropylene (-CH(G3 ⁇ 4)CH 2 ) and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to an optionally substituted straight- chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon double-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably two to about six carbon atoms.
  • a numerical range such as “C 2 -C 6 alkenyl” or “C 2 _6 alkenyl” means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • alkynyl refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon triple-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably from two to about six carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2- butynyl, 1 ,3-butadiynyl and the like.
  • a numerical range such as “C 2 -C 6 alkynyl” or “C 2 alkynyl” means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • aliphatic refers to an optionally substituted, straight- chain or branched-chain, non-cyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated nonaroniatic hydrocarbon.
  • the term collectively includes alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups.
  • heteroalkyl refers to optionally substituted aikyl, aikenyl and alkynyl structures respectively, as described above, in which one or more of the skeletal chain carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms, as appropriate) are each independently replaced with a heteroatom (i.e. an atom other than carbon, such as though not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorous, tin or combinations thereof.
  • a heteroatom i.e. an atom other than carbon, such as though not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorous, tin or combinations thereof.
  • haloaikyi refers to optionally substituted alkyl, aikenyl and alkynyl groups respectively, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is replaced by fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or combinations thereof.
  • halogen atoms that are the same as each another (e.g. difluoromethyl).
  • halogen atoms that are not all the same as each other (e.g. 1-chloro-l-fluoro-l- iodoethyl).
  • Non-limiting examples of haloaikyi groups are fluoromethyl and bromoethyl.
  • a non-limiting example of a haloalkenyl group is bromoethenyl.
  • a non-limiting example of a haloalkynyl group is chloroethynyl.
  • cycle refers to any covalently closed structure, including alic project, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroa omatic and poly cyclic fused or non-fused ring systems as described herein. Rings can be optionally substituted. Rings can form part of a fused ring system.
  • membered is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring.
  • cyclohexane, pyridine, pyran and pyrimidine are six-membered rings and cyclopentane, pyrrole, tetrahydrofuran and thiophene are five-membered rings.
  • fused refers to cyclic structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
  • cycloalkyl refers to an optionally substituted, saturated, hydrocarbon monoradical ring, containing from three to about fifteen ring carbon atoms or from three to about ten ring carbon atoms, though may include additional, non-ring carbon atoms as substituents (e.g. methylcyclopropyl).
  • cycloalkyl includes azinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyi, thiepanvl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyndinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrroiinyl, indolmyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyi, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazoiinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0 " jhexyl, 3-azabicycio [4.
  • the terms also include all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
  • aromatic refers to a planar, cyclic or polycyclic, ring moiety having a delocalized at-electron system containing 4n+2 n electrons, where n is an integer.
  • Aromatic rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms.
  • Aromatics can be optionally substituted and can be monocyclic or fused- ring polycyclic.
  • aromatic encompasses both ail carbon containing rings (e.g., phenyl) and those rings containing one or more heteroatoms (e.g., pyridine).
  • aryl refers to an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon radical of six to about twenty ring carbon atoms, and includes fused and non- fused aryl rings.
  • a fused aryl ring radical contains from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an aryl ring, and the other individual rings may be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic or any combination thereof.
  • aryl includes fused and non-fused rings containing from six to about twelve ring carbon atoms, as well as those containing from six to about ten ring carbon atoms.
  • a non-limiting example of a single ring aryl group includes phenyl; a fused ring aryl group includes naphthyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, azulenyl; and a non-fused bi-aryl group includes biphenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to optionally substituted aromatic mono-radicals containing from about five to about twenty skeletal ring atoms, where one or more of the ring atoms is a heteroatom independently selected from among oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin but not limited to these atoms and with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
  • the two or more heteroatoms can be the same as each another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from die others.
  • heteroaryl includes optionally substituted fused and non- fused heteroaryl radicals having at least one heteroatom.
  • heteroaryl also includes fused and non-fused heteroaryls having from five to about twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to about ten skeletal ring atoms. Bonding to a heteroaryl group can be via a carbon atom or a heteroatom.
  • an imidiazole group may be attached to a parent molecule via any of its carbon atoms (imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5- yi), or its nitrogen atoms (imidazol-l-yl or imidazol-3-yl).
  • a heteroaryl group may be further substituted via any or all of its carbon atoms, and/or any or ail of its heteroatoms.
  • a fused heteroaryl radical may contain from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is a heteroaromatic ring and the other individual rings may be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic or any combination thereof.
  • a non-limiting example of a single ring heteroaryl group includes pyridyl; fused ring heteroaryl groups include benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, acndinyl; and a non-fused bi-heteroaryl group includes bipyridmyl.
  • heteroaryls include, without limitation, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, acridmyl, phenazmyi, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazoiyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, imidazoiyl, indolyl, isoxazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indolizinyl, isothiazolyl, isoindolyloxadiazolyl, indazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, purinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, triazolyl, tetra
  • heterocyclyl refers collectively to heteroalicyclyl and heteroaryl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle is indicated (e.g., Ci-Q heterocycle)
  • at least one non-carbon atom must be present in the ring.
  • Designations such as “Cj-Ce heterocycle” refer only to the number of carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of atoms in the ring.
  • 4-6 membered heterocycle refers to the total number of atoms that are contained in the ring (i.e., a four, five, or six membered ring, in which at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a heteroatom and the remaining two to four atoms are either carbon atoms or heteroatoms).
  • those two or more heteroatoms can be the same or different from one another.
  • Heterocycles can be optionally substituted.
  • Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups having only three atoms in the ring, while aromatic heterocy devis groups must have at least five atoms in the ring. Bonding (i.e.
  • aikoxy refers to an alkyl ether radical, O-alkyl, including the groups O-aliphatic and O-carbocycle, wherein the alkyl, aliphatic and carbocycle groups may be optionally substituted, and wherein the terms alkyl, aliphatic and carbocycle are as defined herein.
  • aikoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tertbutoxy and the like.
  • composition refers to a biologically active compound, optionally mixed with at least one phannaceutically acceptable chemical component, such as, though not limited to carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or exeipients.
  • solvate refers to a combination of a compound of this invention with a solvent molecule formed by solvation.
  • the solvate refers to a hydrate, i.e., the solvent molecule is a water molecule, the combination of a compound of this invention and water forms a hydrate.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound and that are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • Compounds described herein may possess acidic or basic groups and therefore may react, with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed
  • phannaceutically acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds described herein with a mineral or organic acid or an inorganic base, such salts including, acetate, aerylate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesuifonate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, butyn-l,4-dioate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, chloride, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, decanoate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glu
  • metaphosphate methoxybenzoate, methylben- zoate, monohydrogenphosphate, 1-napthalenesulfonate, 2-napthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, pyrosulfate, pyrophosphate, propiolate, phthalate, phenylacetate, phenylbutyrate, propanesulfonate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, sulfite, suberate, sebacate, sulfonate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate undeconate and xylenesulfonate.
  • acids such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts (See examples at Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19.).
  • those compounds described herein which may comprise a free acid group may react with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
  • suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation
  • ammonia or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like.
  • bases include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate, IV (Ci 4 alkyi , and the like.
  • Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethyiamme, ethylenediamine, ethanoiamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. It should be understood that the compounds described herein also include the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups they may contain. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization. See, for example, Berge et al, supra.
  • polymorph or “polymorphism” as used herein refers to a compound of this invention present in different crystal lattice forms.
  • esters refers to a derivative of a compound of this invention derived from an oxoacid group and a hydroxy! group, either one of which can be present at the compound of this invention.
  • tautomer refers to an isomer readily interconverted from a compound of this invention by e.g., migration of a hydrogen atom or proton.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention, which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • Particularly favored derivati ves or prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a patient (e.g., by allowing orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system).
  • prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyaikyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, ⁇ -Mannich bases, Schiff bases, ammo acid conjugates, phosphate esters, metal salts and sulfonate esters.
  • Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. See for example Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396; Bundgaard, H.
  • prodrugs described herein include, but are not limited to, the following groups and combinations of these groups: amine derived prodrugs: Hydroxy prodrugs include, but are not limited to acyloxyalkyl esters, alkoxyearbonyloxyalkyl esters, alkyl esters, aryl esters and disulfide containing esters.
  • Trk inhibitor refers to a compound that exhibits an IC 50 , with respect to Trk activity, of no more than about 100 ⁇ activity, of no more than about 50 ⁇ , as measured in the pan- Trk kinase assay described generally herein.
  • IC 50 is that concentration of inhibitor which reduces the activity of an enzyme (e.g., Trk) to half-maximal level.
  • Compounds described herein have been discovered to exhibit inhibition against Trk
  • Compounds of the present invention preferably exhibit an IQo with respect to Trk of no more than about 10 ⁇ , more preferably, no more than about 5 ⁇ preferably, no more than about 1 ⁇ , and most preferably, not more than about 200 nM, as measured in the Trk kinase assay described herein.
  • selective refers to a compound of this invention having a lower IC50 value for a Trk enzyme as compared to any other enzymes (e.g., at least 2, 5, 0 or more-fold lower).
  • subject encompasses mammals and non- mammals.
  • mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like.
  • non- mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish and the like.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • treat include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition, and are intended to include prophylaxis.
  • the terms further include achieving a therapeutic benefit and'or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated.
  • compositions may be administered to a patient at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a patient reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made.
  • an “effective amount”, “therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of at least one agent or compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system.
  • an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in a disease.
  • An appropriate “effective” amount in any individual case may be determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
  • administer refers to the methods that may be used to enable delivery of compounds or compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to oral routes, intraduodenal routes, parenteral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion), topical and rectal administration.
  • parenteral injection including intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion
  • topical and rectal administration Those of skill in the art are familiar with administration techniques that can be employed with the compounds and methods described herein, e.g., as discussed in Goodman and Oilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, current ed; Pergamon; and Remington's, Pharmaceutical Sciences (current edition), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.
  • the compounds and compositions described herein are administered orally.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compounds described herein, and is relatively nontoxic, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
  • carrier refers to relatively nontoxic chemical compounds or agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
  • agonist refers to a molecule such as a compound, a drug, an enzyme activator or a hormone modulator which enhances the activity of another molecule or the activity of a receptor site.
  • antagonist refers to a molecule such as a compound, a drug, an enzyme inhibitor, or a hormone modulator, which diminishes, or prevents the action of another molecule or the activity of a receptor site.
  • module means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target,
  • module refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly.
  • the interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist and an antagonist.
  • enhancement means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration of a desired effect.
  • enhancing refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of other therapeutic agents on a system.
  • an “enhancing-effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system.
  • the term “fixed combination” means that at least one of the compounds described herein, and at least one co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • non-fixed combination means that at least one of the compounds described herein, and at least one co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with variable intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two or more compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapies e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
  • co-administration are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agenis to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different times.
  • the compounds described herein will be co-administered with other agents.
  • These terms encompass administration of two or more agents to an animal so that both agents and/or their metabolites are present in the animal at the same time. They include simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration at different times in separate compositions, and/or administration in a composition in which both agents are present.
  • the compounds of the invention and the other agent (s) are administered in a single composition.
  • metabolite refers to a derivative of a compound which is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • active metabolite refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • metabolized refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Tims, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while undine diphosphate glucuronyltransferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulphydryl groups. Further information on metabolism may be obtained from The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996).
  • novel chemical compounds include a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • R 1 of Formula I is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups, wherein the one or more substituent groups are independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , NH 2 , hydroxyl, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched C1-C4 alkoxy.
  • R " is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1 -C4 alkyl and branched linear C1-C4 alkyl.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -CI I Ni l-. -CH 2 N(C1 -C4 alkyl)-, -CH(F)-, -(1 ⁇ , ⁇ . -CH(Cl)-, -CH(OH)-, -CH(OCH 3 )-, -CH(NH 2 )-, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -.
  • R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl.
  • -NR 4 R 3 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocylic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of -NR 4 R 5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 alkyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, linear C1 -C4 alkyl carboxylic acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, l inear C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxy!, and C1-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted w th at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxy!
  • Y , Y ⁇ Y J , and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR 6 , and -NR°, wherein R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyi, branched C1-C4 alkyl, 5-6 membered aiyl ring, 5-6 membered heteroarvl rmg, 3-7 membered lieterocycloalkyl ring, 3-7 membered cycloalkyl rmg, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -C]3 ⁇ 4CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
  • the compo nd of Formula I is a compound of Formula II, III or IV:
  • some compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically accepiable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof have a structure wherein,
  • Q is 5-6 membered heteroarvl rings including, but are not limited to, the following structures:
  • R 3 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, ⁇ C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 F, -CHCF 2 , CFI 2 CFIF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CH(CH 3 )CF 3 .
  • R 5 is -(Cl -C6)hydroxyalkyl or [(Cl -C6)alkoxy](Cl - C6)a1ky1-.
  • Examples include -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH,
  • R 3 is -(Cl-C6)hydroxyaikyi or [(Cl-C6)alkoxy](Cl-C6)alkyl- and R is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is -(Cl-C6)hydroxyaikyi or [(Cl-C6)alkoxy](Cl-C6)alkyl- and R 4 is -(Cl-C6)alkyl.
  • R 3 is -(C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl. Examples include - CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 OH, -C(CH3)(CH 2 OH) 2> -CH(CH 2 OH) 2 and -CH(CH 2 OH)(CHOHCH 3 ).
  • R 3 is -(C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl and R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is - (C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl and R 4 is -(Cl-C6)aikyi.
  • R 3 is ⁇ 0(C1-C6)alkyl which is optionally substituted with OH or (Cl-C4)aikoxy
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 include -OMe, -OEt, -OCH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -OCH 2 CH(OH)CH 3 , -OCI I ( ' (( ' i I-, j ⁇ I. -OCI I CS X ' i !-,. OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , and -OCH 2 CH(OCH 3 )CH 3 .
  • R " is:
  • NR 4 R 5 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having a ring nitrogen atom and optionally having a second ring heteroatom selected from N and O, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from (CI-C6)alkyl, OH, COOH, and (C1-C3 alkyl)COOH.
  • the heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or two of said substituents. Particular examples include, but are not limited to, the following structures:
  • R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently seiected from halogen, (Cl.-C4)alkoxy, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , -0(C1 -C4 alkyl), -(Cl-C4)alkyl and NH 2 , or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having a ring heteroatom selected form N and S, wherein said heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, -0(C1-C4 alkyl), (Cl -C4)alkyl and NH 2 , or a pyrid-2-on-3-yl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen and (Cl-C4)alkyl.
  • Particular examples include, but are not limited to, the following structures;
  • the compounds disclosed herein may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element.
  • a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound.
  • the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • novel compounds disclosed above are inhibitors of TrkA, TrkB and/or TrkC and are useful for treating pain, cancers and other hyperproliferative diseasesln one aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including one or more of the chemical compounds of Formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs, esters, tautomers or prodrugs for use in treating painm cancers and other hyperproliferative diseases.
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof. Further, the pharmaceutical composition further includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvants and/or excipients. In some embodiments, such a composition may contain at least one of preservatives, agents for delaying absorption, fillers, binders, adsorbents, buffers, disintegrating agents, solubilizing agents, and other carriers, adjuvants and/or excipients as inert ingredients.
  • the composition may be Formulated with a method well-known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a tablet, capsule, pill, powder, sustained release Formulation, solution and suspension.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for parenteral injection, such as a sterile solution, suspension or emulsion; for topical administration as an ointment or cream or for rectal administration as a suppository.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a tablet, capsule, pill, powder, sustained release Formulations, solution and suspension for oral administration, for parenteral injection as a sterile solution, suspension or emulsion, for topical administration as an ointment or cream, or for rectal administration as a suppository.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient and' r adjuvant.
  • the present invention provides a method of admimnstering a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition to a subject for the treatment of pain, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases, certain infectious diseases, cancer, other hyperproliferative diseases or conditions modulated by the Trk cascade in a mammal including human.
  • the present invention provides a method for inhibiting a Trk enzyme.
  • the method comprises contacting said Trk enzyme with an amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof, sufficient to inhibit said enzyme, wherein said enzyme is inhibited.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for selectively inhibiting a Trk enzyme.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a phannaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting a Trk enzyme.
  • the Trk enzyme is Trk kinase. In some embodiments the Trk enzyme is TrkA. In some embodiments the Trk enzyme is TrkB. In some embodiments, the Trk enzyme is TrkC.
  • the compounds of Formula I can selecti vely inhibit a TrkA enzyme, TrkB enzyme or TrkC enzyme. In some other embodiments, the compounds of Formula I may not have a selectivity from TrkA enzyme, TrkB enzyme and TrkC enzyme.
  • the contacting occurs within a cell.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell.
  • the mammalian cell is a human cell.
  • the Trk enzyme is inhibited with a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I.
  • the present invention is directed to a method of treatment of a Trk mediated disorder in an individual suffering from said disorder comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a Trk mediated disorder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments, the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mgkg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.002 to about 6 g'day. In fmlher or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.005 to about 5 g/day.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 5 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day.
  • dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In fuilher or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is for administration to a mammal.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic agen ts, anti-angiogenesis agen ts and anti-neoplastic agents.
  • the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal''anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the therapeutic agent is taxol, bortezomib or both.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered in combination with an additional therapy.
  • the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I.
  • the enzyme is at least about 1% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 2% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 3% inhibited In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 4% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 5% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 10% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 20% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 25% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 30% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 40% inhibited.
  • the enzyme is at least about 50% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 60% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 70% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 75% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 80% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 90% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is essentially completely inhibited.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 nig/kg body weight-'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day.
  • dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In furtlier or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
  • the individual suffering from the Trk mediated disorder is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination w th at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents.
  • the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxms; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both.
  • the Trk mediated disorder is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorder, neurological disorders, fibrogenic disorders, proliferative disorders, hype ⁇ oliferative disorders, non- cancer hyper- proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, malignant disease, vascular restenosis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, heart failure, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, dry eye, closed angle glaucoma and wide angle glaucoma.
  • the Trk mediated disorder is an inflammatory disease. In further or additional embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is a hypeqDroliferative disease. In further or additional embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is selected from the group consisting of tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas and malignant disease. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia.
  • the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis.
  • an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for degrading, inhibiting the growth of or killing a cancer cell comprising contacting said cell with an amount of a composition effective to degrade, inhibit the gro wth of or to kill said cell, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for degrading and/or inhibiting the growth of or killing a cancer cell.
  • the cancer cells comprise brain, breast lung, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, or colorectal cancer cells.
  • the composition is administered with at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is taxol, bortezomib or both.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents.
  • the anti-neoplastic agents selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, horrnonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 1% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 2% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 3% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 4% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 5% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 10% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 20% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 25% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 30% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 40% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 50% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 60% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 70% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 75% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 80% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 90% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • 100% of the cancer cells are degraded.
  • essentially all of the cancer ceils are degraded.
  • the cancer cells are killed. In former or additional embodiments, 1% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 2% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 3% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 4% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 5% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 10% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 20% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 25% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 30% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 40% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 50% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 60% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 70% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 75% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 80% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 90% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • 100% of the cancer cells are killed.
  • essentially all of the cancer cells are killed.
  • the growth of the cancer cells is inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 1% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 2% inhibited, in further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 3% inhibited, in further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 4% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 5% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 10% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 20% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 25% inhibited.
  • the growth of the cancer cells is about 30% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 40% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 50"% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 60% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 70% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 75% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 80% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 90% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 100% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is used.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a proliferative disease in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or pro-drug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a proliferative disease.
  • the proliferative disease is cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, autoimmune disease, or atherosclerosis. In further or additional embodiments, the proliferative disease is a hyperproliferative disease. In further or additional embodiments, the proliferative disease is selected from the group consisting of tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas and malignant disease. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia.
  • the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis.
  • the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovanan cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia.
  • the cancer is brain cancer or adrenocortical carcinoma.
  • the cancer is breast cancer.
  • the cancer is ovarian cancer.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer.
  • the cancer is prostate cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is renal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is myeloid leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is glioblastoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is follicular lymphoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pre-B acute leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic B-leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is mesothelioma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is small cell line cancer.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy.
  • the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents.
  • the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyilotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both.
  • the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. in further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
  • the individual suffering from the proliferative disease is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory disease in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory disease.
  • the inflammatory disease is selected from chronic inflammatory diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, spondyloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile arthritis, acute rheumatic arthritis, enteropathic arthritis, neuropathic arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, pyogenic arthritis, atherosclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, reflux esophagitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, asthma, allergies, respiratory distress syndrome, pancreatitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, psoriasis, eczema or scleroderma.
  • chronic inflammatory diseases rheumatoid arthritis, spondyloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile arthritis, acute rheumatic arthritis, enteropathic arthritis, neuropathic arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenteral! ⁇ ' (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mgkg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
  • the individual suffering from the inflammatory disease is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of cancer in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a cancer.
  • the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia.
  • the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis.
  • the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia.
  • the cancer is brain cancer or adrenocortical carcinoma.
  • the cancer is breast cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is renal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is myeloid leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is glioblastoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is follicular lymphoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pre-B acute leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic B-leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is mesothelioma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is small cell line cancer.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy.
  • the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents.
  • the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezormb or both.
  • the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
  • the present invention is directed to a method of reducing the size of a tumor, inhibiting tumor size increase, reducing tumor proliferation or preventing tumor proliferation in an individual, comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for reducing the size of a tumor, inhibiting tumor size increase, reducing tumor proliferation or preventing tumor proliferation.
  • the size of a tumor is reduced. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 1%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 2%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 3%. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 4%. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 5%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 10%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 20%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 25%.
  • the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 30%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 40%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 50%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 60%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 70%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 75%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 80%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 85%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 90%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 95%. In further or additional embodiments, the tumor is eradicated. In some embodiments, the size of a tumor does not increase.
  • tumor proliferation is reduced. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 1%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 2%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 3%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 4%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 5%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 0%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 20%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 25%. In some embodiments, rumor proliferation is reduced by at least 30%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 40%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 50%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 60%.
  • tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 70%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 75%. in some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 80%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 90%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 95%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is prevented.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy.
  • the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents.
  • the antineoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzy mes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inliibitors, hormonal''anti4 onnonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
  • the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both.
  • the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg kg body weight'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
  • the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
  • the present invention is directed to a method for achieving an effect in a patient comprising the administration of an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof, to a patient, wherein the effect is selected from the group consisting of inhibition of various cancers, immunological diseases, and inflammatory diseases.
  • the effect is inhibition of various cancers.
  • the effect is inhibition of immunological diseases.
  • the effect is inhibition inflammatory diseases.
  • the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibiting various cancers, immunological diseases, and/or inflammatory diseases.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy.
  • the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both.
  • the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent.
  • the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In turther or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g-'day.
  • the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
  • the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human.
  • an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered. In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
  • the foregoing scheme provides general synthetic routes for the compounds of Formula I, II, and IV.
  • the key intermediate compound 3 can be obtained via coupling reaction of cyclic amine compounds with the bicyclic hetero cyclic compound 1 containing various functional groups Q.
  • the various five membered heterocyclic moieties in the compounds of Formula I are introduced via coupling reaction, condensation, or cyclization reactions from the compound 3.
  • the compounds of Formula II can be prepared from the compound 3 containing aldehyde moiety through HEW reaction, hydrolysis followed by amide coupling reaction.
  • Sonogashira reaction with iodo compound 3 afforded the desired compounds.
  • NMR spectra were recorded i CDCI 3 and OMSO-d ⁇ solution in 5-mm o.d.
  • Step B tert-butyl 4-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate
  • Step C 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-y -5-fluoropyridine
  • Step A tert-butyl 4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate
  • Step A 2-(but-3-ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione
  • Step B 2-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-ynyl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
  • Step D 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-y -5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine
  • Step B 4-chloro- 1 -(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butan- 1 -one
  • Step C (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfin- amide.
  • Step D 3-((R)-l-((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-5-fluoropyridine
  • Step A 4-chloro-l -(2,5-difluorophenyl)butan-l -one
  • Step B (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l-(2,5-difluorophenyl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2- sulfinamide
  • Step C (R)-l -((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl -2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
  • Step B (R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step D (4R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
  • Step E (4R)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step F (2R,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (6a) and (2S,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (7a)
  • TToo aa ssoolluuttiioonn ooff ((22SS,,44SS))--tteerrtt--bbuuttyyll 22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))--44--fflluuoorrooppyyrrrroolliiddiinnee--ll-- ccaarrbbooxxyyllaattee ((225522 mmgg,, 00..883366 mmmmooll)) iinn DDCCMM ((11..6677 mmLL)) wwaass aaddddeedd TTFFAA ( (11..2299 m mLL,, 1166..77 mmmmooll)) aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree..
  • Step B ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbox late
  • Step C ethyl 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yi)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pynmidme-3 carboxylate
  • Step I 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic
  • Step A ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylate
  • Step B 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- carboxylic acid
  • Step A N'-acetyl-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbohydrazide
  • Step B 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazole.
  • Step A tert-butyl 2-propionylhydrazinecarboxylate
  • Step D 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- ethyl- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
  • Step A tert-butyl 2-isobutyrylhydrazinecarboxylate
  • Step B isobut rohydrazide hydrochloride
  • Step C 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
  • Step D 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyl-l,3,4-oxadiazole.
  • Example 14 Preparation of Chemical Compound 6; 2-(5-(2- 2,5- ⁇ 6 ⁇ ⁇ 1) ⁇ 1- ⁇ - l-yDpyrazoioI ' l ⁇ -alpyrimidin-S-yD-S-isopropyi-l ⁇ -thiadiazole
  • the reaction mixture was stirred aatt 111100 °°CC ffoorr 22 hhoouurrss,, ccoooolleedd ttoo rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree aanndd pplortitittiioonneedd bbeettwweeeenn wwaatteerr aanndd EEttOOAAcc..
  • Step A tert-butyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)hydrazinecarboxylate
  • Step B cyclopropanecarbohydrazide hydrochloride
  • Step C N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide.
  • Step A tert-butyl 2-pivaloylhydrazinecarboxylate
  • Step D 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 ⁇ yl) ⁇ 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
  • Step A N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3 -carbohy drazi de
  • Step B 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole
  • Step A N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carbohydrazide
  • Step B 2-eihyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-
  • Step A 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l ,
  • Step B 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyl- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazofe
  • Step A N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboh razide
  • Step B 2-cyclopropyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-thiadiazole
  • Step B 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole
  • Step A Ethyl (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine earboxylate
  • Step B (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yi)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid
  • Step A (R)-ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylate
  • Step B (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- car boxy lie acid
  • TToo aa ssoolluuttiioonn ooff ((RR))--eetthhyyll 55--((22--((55--fflluuoorrooppyyririddiinn--33--yyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll --yyll))ppyyrraazzoollooff ll,,55-- aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinnee--33--ccaarrbbooxxyyllaattee ((66..5566 gg,, 188..44 mmmmooll)) iinn EEttOOHH ((7700 m mLL)) aanndd wwaatteerr ((2233 m mLL)) wwaass aaddddeedd L LiiOOHH ((11 ..3333 gg,, 5555
  • AAfftteerr eevvaappoorraatitioonn ooff EEttOOHH tthhee rreessiidduuee wwaass aacciiddiiffiieedd wwiitthh 22 NN aaqq.. HHCC11 uunnttiill ppHH 55--66,, aanndd tthheenn eexxttrraacctteedd wwiitthh EEttOOAAcc ttwwiiccee..
  • ⁇ --NNMMRR ((DDMMSSOO--ddee,, VV '' aarriiaann,, 440000 MMHHzz)):: ⁇ 11..8899--22..2200 ((33HH,, mm)),, 22..4400--22..5500 ( (IIHH,, mm)),, 33..6611--33..8822 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 33..9922--44..0088 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 55..2244--55..4488 ( (1i Hl l,.
  • Step B 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step C 5-chloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde
  • Step A (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
  • Step B (R)-2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 5-isopropyl-l,3,4-thiadiazole
  • Step A (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine
  • Step B (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl) ⁇ 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
  • Step C (R)-tert-butyl 4-(5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
  • Step A (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-
  • Step B (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof 1 ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole
  • Step C (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 5-(l.H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole
  • Step A tert-butyl 4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
  • hydrazine hydrate 5.84 g, 117 mmol
  • Step B (R)-tert-butyl 4-(2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbonyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step A (RVethyl 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pynmidine-3-carboxylate
  • Step B 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
  • Step C 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -y 1)-N'- aloylpyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyi"imidine-3-c "bohydrazide
  • Step B 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
  • Step D 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pynmidm-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
  • Step A Ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 imidine- 3 -carboxylate
  • Step B 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-rnethoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylic acid
  • Step C 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine- 3 -carbohydrazide
  • Step D 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3, -oxadiazole
  • Step B 5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)oxazole
  • Step A 5-chloro-3-iodopyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step B 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl) rrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step C 4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)isoxazole
  • Step A 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[ l,5-a]pynmidine-3-cafbonitrile
  • Step B 5-chloropyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile
  • Step C 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbonitrile
  • Step D 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide
  • Step E (Z)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(l-(dimethylamino)ethylidene)- pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide
  • Step F 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(5-methyl-lH-l ,2,4-triazol-3- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pyrimidine
  • Step A (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step B (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step C (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difiuorophenyl)pyrrolidin-
  • Step A tert-but l 4-hydroxypiperidine-l -carboxylate
  • Step B tert-butyl 4-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l -carboxylate c
  • Step C tert-butyl 4-azidopiperidme-l -carboxyiate
  • Step D (R)-tert-butyl 4-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxyiate
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH 4 OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step E (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-l ,2,3- triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin
  • Step A tert-butyl 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step B tert-butyl 3-azidopiperidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step C tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1 H- 1 ,2, 3 -triazol- -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
  • Step D 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3- triazol -4-yl)pyrazolo[ , 5-a]pyrimidin
  • Step A tert-but l 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step B tert-butyl 3-azidopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step C tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH 4 OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na?S0 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step D 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(l -(pyrrolidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3- triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
  • Step C (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4'
  • Step A tert-butyl 4-(2-bromoacetyl)piperazine-l-carb
  • Step B tert-butyl 4-(2-azidoacet l)piperazine-l -carboxylate
  • Step C tert-butyl (R)-4-(2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- lH-1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)acetyl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate
  • Step D (R)-2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)- 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)- 1 -(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethan- 1 -one
  • Step A 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehvde
  • Step B (E)-eihyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-
  • Step C (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyiTolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)acrylic acid
  • Step D (E)-N-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide
  • Step B (E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-
  • Step C (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)acrylic acid

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The disclosure provides novel chemical compounds represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof. The compounds can be used as an inhibitor of Trk and are useful in the treatment of pain, cancer, inflammation, neurodegenerative disease and certain infectious diseases. In some compounds of Formula I, Q is -CH=CR3C(O)Nr4R5, -C=CC(O)NR4R5,-C≡ CC(0)NR4R5, or (II).

Description

FIELD
This disclosure relates to new chemical entities and use of the entities as TRK inhibitors.
BACKGROUND
Trk's are high affinity tyrosine kinase receptors that are activated by Neurotrophins (NT). The Trk receptor family has three members: TrkA, TrkB and TrkC. Among the neurotroplims are a group of soluble growth factors Nerve Growth Factor (NGF) which activates TrkA, Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF) and NT-4/5 which activates TrkB, and Neurotrophin-3 (NTS) which activates TrkC. Trk's are widely expressed in neuronal tissue and are implicated in the maintenance, signaling and survival of neuronal cells (Patapoutian, A. eta!., Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 2001, 11, 272-280).
Inhibitors of the Trk neutrophin pathway have been demonstrated to be effective in numerous pre-e inical animal models of pain. Antagonistic NGF and TrkA antibodies have been shown to be efficacious in inflammatory and neuropathic pain animal models and in human clinical trials. (Woolf, C.J. et al. Neuroscience 1994, 62, 327-331; Zahn, P.K. et al. J. Pam 2004, 5, 157-163; McMahon, S.B. et a!. Nat. Med. 1995, /, 774-780; Ma, Q.P, and Woolf, C, J. Neuroreport 1997, 8, 807-810; Shelton, D.L. et al. Pain 2005, 116, 8-16; Delafoy, L. et al. Pain 2003, 105, 489-497; Iamb, K. et al. Neurogastroenteroi. Motil. 2003, 15, 355-361 ; Jaggar, S.I. et al. Br. J. Anaesih.1999, 83, 442-448.)
It has been shown that NGF secreted by tumor cells and tumor invading macrophages directly stimulates TrkA located on peripheral pain fibers. Using various tumor models in both mice and rats, it was demonstrated that neutralizing NGF with a monoclonal antibody inhibits cancer related pain to a degree similar or superior to the highest tolerated dose of morphine. Activation of the BDNF/TrkB pathway has been implicated in numerous studies as a modulator of marious types of pain including inflammatory pain ( atayoshi, S., J. Physiol. 2005, 569:685-695), neuropathic pain (Thompson, S.W. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1999, 96:7714-7718) and surgical pam (Li, C.-Q. et al. Molecular Pain, 2008, (28), 1-11). Because TrkA and TrkB kinases may serve as a mediator of NGF driven biological responses, inhibitors of TrkA and/or other Trk kinases may provide an effective treatment for chronic pain states.
The association between overexpression, activation, amplification and/or mutation of Trk kinases and several cancers as seen with studies conduct on neui blastoma (Brodeur, G.M Nat. Rev. Cancer 2003, 3, 203-216), ovarian cancer (Kruettgen et al. Brain Pathology 2006, 75:304-310), prostate cancer (Dionne et al. Clin. Cancer Res. 1998, 4(8), 1887-1898), pancreatic cancer (Dang et al. j of Gastroenterology ami Hepatology 2006, 27(5), 850-858), large cell neuroendocrine tumors (Marchetti et al. Human Mutation 2008, 29(5), 609-616), and colorectal cancer (Bardeiii, A. Science 2003, 300, 949) support the reasoning that therapeutic implications of an effective Trk inhibitor may extend far beyond pain therapy. In preclinical models of cancer, non-selective small molecule inhibitors of TrkA, B and C were efficacious in both inhibiting tumor growth and stopping tumor metastasis (Nakagawara, A. Cancer Letters 2001, 759:107-114; Meyer, J. et al. Leukemia 2007, 1-10; Pierottia, M.A. and Greco A. Cancer Letters, 2006, 232:90-98; Eric Adriaenssens, E. et ai. Cancer Res 2008, 68(2), 346-351).
Also, inhibition of the neurotrophin/Trk pathway has been shown to be effective in treatment of inflammatory lung diseases including asthma (Freund-Michel, V. et. al. Pharmacology & Therapeutics 2008, 777(1), 52-76), interstitial cystitis (Hu Vivian Y, et. al. The. Journal of "Urolog ' 2005, 773(3), 1016- 1021), inflammatory bowel diseases including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease (Di Mola, F.F, et. al. Gut 2000, 46(5), 670-678) and inflammatory skin diseases such as atopic dermatitis (Dou, Y.C et, al. Archives of Dermatological esearch 2006, 298(1), 31-37), eczema and psoriasis (Raychaudhuri, S.P. et. al. J. Investigative Dermatology 2004, 722(3), 812-819),
Modulation of the neutrophin/Trk pathway has also been shown to have an effect, in the etiology neurodegenerative diseases including multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease (Sohrabji, F. et al. Neuroendocrmology 2006, 27(4), 404-414).
Recent literature has identified new gene fusions in patients with lung cancer harboring the kinase domain of the NTRK1 gene that encodes the high-affinity nerve growth factor receptor-TrkA. protein (Vaishnavi, A. et. al. Nature Medisine 2013, 79(11), 1469-1472).
The foregoing infonnation is provided as background for understanding features of the invention and does not constitute an admission of prior art.
SUMMARY
The present application discloses new chemical entities. These new chemical entities can work Trk inhibitors and are believed to be useful in the treatment of multiple types of acute and chrome pain including but not limited to inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, and pain associated with cancer, surgery and bone fracture. The compounds are also believed to be useful in the treatment of cancer, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases and certain infectious diseases. One aspect of the invention provides a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000004_0001
Formula I
In some embodiments, R of Formula I is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups, wherein the one or more substituent groups are independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF3, -CHF2, NH2, hydroxyl, linear C1 -C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched C1 -C4 alkoxy. Further, in Formula I, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl and branched linear C1-C4 alkyl. Further, in Formula I, X is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH20-, -CH2NH-,
-CH2N(C1-C4 alkyl)-, -CH(F)-, -O ·'.--. -CH(Cl)-, -CH(OH)-, ·(! 1(0(1 hK -Ci f( M ! - or -CiCf i -, ;-. Further, in Formula I, Q is selected from the group consisting of -CH:=:CRJC(0)NR R5,
- ==€R3NR4C(0)R5, -CH==CR3NR4C(())NR4R5, -C I I CR'R - (™CC(0}N R ''. - C^ CCR5, and
Figure imgf000004_0002
In Q of Formula I, J is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, linear Cl- C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl. In Q of Formula I, -NR4R5 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocyiic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring. When -NR R" forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of - R4R5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1 -C6 alkyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, linear C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched. When -NR4R5 does not form a ring structure, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl, and Rs is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C -C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, and C1 -C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxvl. Further in Q of Formula I, Y1, Y , Y°, and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR°, and -NR6, wherein R(> is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, 5-6 membered aiyl ring, 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring, 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- 7 membered cycloalkyl ring, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -CH2CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
In other embodiments, R! of Formula I is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched Cl- C4 alkoxy. Further, in Formula I, R' is hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl or branched linear C1-C4 alkyi; and X is -< - - H - - H - or -CH(Z)-, wherein Z is halogen; and Q is -CH=CR3C(0)NR4R5,
Figure imgf000005_0001
Further, in Q of Formula I, R3 is hydrogen or halogen. Further, in Q of Formula I, - R4R5 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocylic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring. When -NR^R5 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of -NR4R5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 alky], branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxytic acid, linear C1-C4 alkyl carboxyhc acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched. When - NifR5 does not form a ring structure, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear Cl- C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl, and RJ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyi optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, and C1-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl. In Q of Formula I, Yl, Y2, Y°, and Y4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR6, and -NR.", wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyi, 5-6 membered aryl ring, 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring, 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- 7 membered cycloalkyl ring, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -CH2CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
In the forgoing compound of Formula I, R1 a phenyl ring substituted with one or more substituent groups may be independently selected from the group consisting of fluorine, methoxy and ethoxy; R2 and RJ are H; R3 may be selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, t-butyl, methoxyethyl and hydroxyethyl. In the compound of Formula I, R1 may be a pyridine ring substituted with at least one selected from the group consisting of fluorine and niethoxy; R and R' are H; R3 may be selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, t-butyl, nietlioxyethyl and hydroxyethyl. In the compound of Formula I, R¾ may be a pyrid-2-on-3-yl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
4 5 4
In the compound of Formula I, when -NR R does not form a ring structure, R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 fiuoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 difluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 difluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 trifluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 trifluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 hyroxyalkyl, branched C1-C6 hyroxyalkyl, linear C2-C6 difluoroalkyl, and branched C2-C6 difluoroalkyl. In the compound of Formula I, -NR4R5 forming a 4-7 membered heterocylic ring may be a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring. In the compound of Fomiula I, when ~NR R5 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the second heteroatom in the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring may be selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
The compound of Formula I is a com ound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula H
The compound of Formula I is a compound of Fomiula HI:
Figure imgf000006_0002
Formula III
The compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Formula IV
The salt of the compound of Formula I may be selected from the group consisting of acetate, benzoate, besylate, biiartrate, bromide, carbonate, chloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, iodide, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methyl bromide, methyl sulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, oxalate, pamoate, phosphate, diphosphate, salicylate, disalicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, trieihiodide, trifluoroacetate and valerate.
Another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a TRK mediated disease selected from the group consisting of papillary thyroid carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, breast carcinoma, neuroblastoma, pain, cachexia, dermatitis and asthma. The method comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such treatment.
Still another aspect of the invention provides a method of inhibiting a TRK enzyme. The method comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such inhibition.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized. While some embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein such embodiments are provided by way of example only. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. Those ordinary skilled in the art will appreciate that numerous variations, changes, and substitutions are possible without departing from the invention. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of aspects of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in the application including, without limitation, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals, and treatises are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose.
Definitions
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which the claimed subject matter belongs. All patents, patent applications, published materials referred to throughout the entire disclosure herein, unless noted otherwise, are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that there is a plurality of definitions for terms herein, those in this section prevail. Where reference is made to a URL or other such identifier or address, it is understood that such identifiers can change and particular information on the internet can come and go, but equivalent information can be found by searching the internet or other appropriate reference source. Reference thereto evidences the availability and public dissemination of such information.
it is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of any subject matter claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, it should also be noted that use of "or" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "include", "includes", and "included" is not limiting. Likewise, use of the term "comprising" as well as other forms, such as "comprise", "comprises", and "comprised" is not limiting.
Definition of standard chemistry terms may be found in reference works, including Carey and Sundberg "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4™ ED." Vols. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, IR and UV/Vis spectroscopy and pharmacology, within the skill of the art are employed. Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those known in the art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, Formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the ait or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical Formulas, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left. As a non-limiting example, CH2.O is equivalent to OCH2. Unless otherwise noted, the use of general chemical terms, such as though not limited to "alkyl," "amine," "arvL" are equivalent to their optionally substituted forms. For example, "alkyl," as used herein, includes optionally substituted alkyl.
The compounds presented herein may possess one or more stereocenters and each center may exist in the R or S configuration, or combinations thereof. Likewise, the compounds presented herein may possess one or more double bonds and each may exist in the E (trans) or Z (cis) configuration, or combinations thereof. Presentation of one particular stereoisomer, regioisomer, diastereomer, enantiomer or epimer should be understood to include all possible stereoisomers, regioisomers, diastereomers, enantiomers or epimers and mixtures thereof. Thus, the compounds presented herein include all separate configurational stereoisomeric, regioisomenc, diastereomenc, enantiomeric, and epimenc forms as well as the corresponding mixtures thereof. Techniques for inverting or leaving unchanged a particular stereocenter, and those for resolving mixtures of stereoisomers are well laiown in the art and it is well within the ability of one of skill in the art to choose an appropriate method for a particular situation. See, for example, Fumiss et al. (eds.), VOGEL'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5. sup. Ti l ED., Longman Scientific and Technical Ltd., Essex, 1991, 809-816; and Heller, Acc. Chem. Res. 1990, 23, 128.
The term "bond" or "single bond" refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
The term "optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in winch it does not. For example, "optionally substituted alkyl" means either "aikyl" or "substituted alkyl" as defined below. Further, an optionally substituted group may be un-substituted (e.g., CH2CH3), fully substituted (e.g., CF2CF3), mono-substituted (e.g., (Ί 1 ··('! or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and mono- substituted (e. g. , CH2CHF2 ; CF2CH3 , CFHCHF2, etc.) It will be understood by those skilled in the art with respect to any group containing one or more substituents that such groups are not intended to introduce any substitution or substitution patterns (e.g., substituted alkyl includes optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups, which in turn are defined as including optionally substituted alkyl groups, potentially ad infinitum) that are stericaily impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. Thus, any substituents described should generally be understood as having a maximum molecular weight of about 1,000 daltons, and more typically, up to about 500 daltons (except in those instances where macromolecular substituents are clearly intended, e.g., polypeptides, polysaccharides, polyethylene glycols, DNA, RNA and the
As used herein, Ci-Cn, includes Cj-Ci, Ci~C3, ... Ci~Cn. By way of example only, a group designated as "C1-C4" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms, as well as the ranges Ci~ C2 and Cr-C3. Thus, by way of example only, "C1-C4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alky] group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 10" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 10 carbon atoms" means that the group may have 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms, 7 carbon atoms, 8 carbon atoms, 9 carbon atoms, or 10 carbon atoms.
The terms "heteroatom" or "hetero" as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an atom other than carbon and hydrogen. Heteroatoms are independently selected from among oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin but are not limited to these atoms. When two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms can be the same as each another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from the others.
The term "alkyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon monoradical having from one to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably one to six carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-l-propyl, 2-methyi-2-propyi, 2-methyl-l- butyl, 3 -methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l-propyl, 2-methyl-l-pentyl, 3 -methyl- 1 - pentyl, 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2 -dimethyl-1- butyl, 3,3 -dimethyl-1 -butyl, 2 -ethyl-l-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyi, sec-butyl, t-butyi, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neo- pentyl, tert-amyl and hexyl, and longer alkyl groups, such as heptyl, octyl and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "Cj-Ce alkyl" or "Ci j alkyl", means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range is designated.
The term "alkylene" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a diradical derived from the above-defined monoradical, alkyl. Examples include, but are not limited to methylene (-('! I.<). ethylene (-CH2CH2), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2), isopropylene (-CH(G¾)CH2 ) and the like.
The term "alkenyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight- chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon double-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably two to about six carbon atoms. The group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s), and should be understood to include both isomers. Examples include, but are not limited to ethenyl (CH=CH2), 1 -propenyl (CH2CH=CH2), isopropenyl [C(CH3)=CH2], butenyl, 1 ,3- butadienyl and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "C2-C6 alkenyl" or "C2_6 alkenyl", means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl" where no numerical range is designated.
The term "alkynyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon triple-bonds and having from two to about ten carbon atoms, more preferably from two to about six carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2- butynyl, 1 ,3-butadiynyl and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "C2-C6 alkynyl" or "C2 alkynyl", means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl" where no numerical range is designated.
The term "aliphatic" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted, straight- chain or branched-chain, non-cyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated nonaroniatic hydrocarbon. Thus, the term collectively includes alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups.
The terms "heteroalkyl", "heteroalkenyl" and "heteroalkynyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to optionally substituted aikyl, aikenyl and alkynyl structures respectively, as described above, in which one or more of the skeletal chain carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms, as appropriate) are each independently replaced with a heteroatom (i.e. an atom other than carbon, such as though not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorous, tin or combinations thereof.
The terms "haloaikyi", "haloalkenyl" and "haloalkynyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to optionally substituted alkyl, aikenyl and alkynyl groups respectively, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is replaced by fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or combinations thereof. When two or more hydrogen atoms may be replaced with halogen atoms that are the same as each another (e.g. difluoromethyl). When two or more hydrogen atoms may be replaced with halogen atoms that are not all the same as each other (e.g. 1-chloro-l-fluoro-l- iodoethyl). Non-limiting examples of haloaikyi groups are fluoromethyl and bromoethyl. A non- limiting example of a haloalkenyl group is bromoethenyl. A non-limiting example of a haloalkynyl group is chloroethynyl.
The terms "cycle", "cyclic", "ring" and "membered ring" as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to any covalently closed structure, including alic clic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroa omatic and poly cyclic fused or non-fused ring systems as described herein. Rings can be optionally substituted. Rings can form part of a fused ring system. The term "membered" is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring. Thus, by way of example only, cyclohexane, pyridine, pyran and pyrimidine are six-membered rings and cyclopentane, pyrrole, tetrahydrofuran and thiophene are five-membered rings.
The term "fused" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to cyclic structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted, saturated, hydrocarbon monoradical ring, containing from three to about fifteen ring carbon atoms or from three to about ten ring carbon atoms, though may include additional, non-ring carbon atoms as substituents (e.g. methylcyclopropyl).
A non-limiting example of "cycloalkyl" includes azinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyi, thiepanvl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyndinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrroiinyl, indolmyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyi, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazoiinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0"jhexyl, 3-azabicycio [4. l .Ojheptyl, 3H-indolyl and quinolizinyl and the like. The terms also include all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
The term "aromatic" as used herein, refers to a planar, cyclic or polycyclic, ring moiety having a delocalized at-electron system containing 4n+2 n electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted and can be monocyclic or fused- ring polycyclic. The term aromatic encompasses both ail carbon containing rings (e.g., phenyl) and those rings containing one or more heteroatoms (e.g., pyridine).
The term "aryl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon radical of six to about twenty ring carbon atoms, and includes fused and non- fused aryl rings. A fused aryl ring radical contains from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an aryl ring, and the other individual rings may be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic or any combination thereof. Further, the term aryl includes fused and non-fused rings containing from six to about twelve ring carbon atoms, as well as those containing from six to about ten ring carbon atoms. A non-limiting example of a single ring aryl group includes phenyl; a fused ring aryl group includes naphthyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, azulenyl; and a non-fused bi-aryl group includes biphenyl.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to optionally substituted aromatic mono-radicals containing from about five to about twenty skeletal ring atoms, where one or more of the ring atoms is a heteroatom independently selected from among oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin but not limited to these atoms and with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. When two or more heteroatoms are present in the ring, the two or more heteroatoms can be the same as each another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from die others. The term heteroaryl includes optionally substituted fused and non- fused heteroaryl radicals having at least one heteroatom. The term heteroaryl also includes fused and non-fused heteroaryls having from five to about twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to about ten skeletal ring atoms. Bonding to a heteroaryl group can be via a carbon atom or a heteroatom. Thus, as a non-limiting example, an imidiazole group may be attached to a parent molecule via any of its carbon atoms (imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5- yi), or its nitrogen atoms (imidazol-l-yl or imidazol-3-yl). Likewise, a heteroaryl group may be further substituted via any or all of its carbon atoms, and/or any or ail of its heteroatoms. A fused heteroaryl radical may contain from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is a heteroaromatic ring and the other individual rings may be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic or any combination thereof. A non-limiting example of a single ring heteroaryl group includes pyridyl; fused ring heteroaryl groups include benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, acndinyl; and a non-fused bi-heteroaryl group includes bipyridmyl. Further examples of heteroaryls include, without limitation, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, acridmyl, phenazmyi, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazoiyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, imidazoiyl, indolyl, isoxazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indolizinyl, isothiazolyl, isoindolyloxadiazolyl, indazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, purinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, thiadiazolyl and the like, and their oxides, such as for example pyridyl-N-oxide and the like.
The term "heterocyclyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers collectively to heteroalicyclyl and heteroaryl groups. Herein, whenever the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle is indicated (e.g., Ci-Q heterocycle), at least one non-carbon atom (the heteroatom) must be present in the ring. Designations such as "Cj-Ce heterocycle" refer only to the number of carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of atoms in the ring. Designations such as "4-6 membered heterocycle" refer to the total number of atoms that are contained in the ring (i.e., a four, five, or six membered ring, in which at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a heteroatom and the remaining two to four atoms are either carbon atoms or heteroatoms). For heterocycles having two or more heteroatoms, those two or more heteroatoms can be the same or different from one another. Heterocycles can be optionally substituted. Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups having only three atoms in the ring, while aromatic heterocy clic groups must have at least five atoms in the ring. Bonding (i.e. attachment to a parent molecule or further substitution) to a heterocycle can be via a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The term "aikoxy" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl ether radical, O-alkyl, including the groups O-aliphatic and O-carbocycle, wherein the alkyl, aliphatic and carbocycle groups may be optionally substituted, and wherein the terms alkyl, aliphatic and carbocycle are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of aikoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tertbutoxy and the like.
The term "pharmaceutical composition," as used herein, refers to a biologically active compound, optionally mixed with at least one phannaceutically acceptable chemical component, such as, though not limited to carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or exeipients.
The term "solvate" as used herein refers to a combination of a compound of this invention with a solvent molecule formed by solvation. In some situations, the solvate refers to a hydrate, i.e., the solvent molecule is a water molecule, the combination of a compound of this invention and water forms a hydrate.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" as used herein, refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound and that are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. Compounds described herein may possess acidic or basic groups and therefore may react, with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed Examples of phannaceutically acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds described herein with a mineral or organic acid or an inorganic base, such salts including, acetate, aerylate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesuifonate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, butyn-l,4-dioate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, chloride, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, decanoate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hexyne-l ,6-dioate, hydroxybenzoate, hydroxybutyrate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isobutyrate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, mandelate. metaphosphate, methoxybenzoate, methylben- zoate, monohydrogenphosphate, 1-napthalenesulfonate, 2-napthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, pyrosulfate, pyrophosphate, propiolate, phthalate, phenylacetate, phenylbutyrate, propanesulfonate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, sulfite, suberate, sebacate, sulfonate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate undeconate and xylenesulfonate. Other acids, such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts (See examples at Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19.). Further, those compounds described herein which may comprise a free acid group may react with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Illustrative examples of bases include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate, IV (Ci 4 alkyi , and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethyiamme, ethylenediamine, ethanoiamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. It should be understood that the compounds described herein also include the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups they may contain. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization. See, for example, Berge et al, supra.
The term "polymorph" or "polymorphism" as used herein refers to a compound of this invention present in different crystal lattice forms.
The term "ester" as used herein refers to a derivative of a compound of this invention derived from an oxoacid group and a hydroxy! group, either one of which can be present at the compound of this invention.
The term "tautomer" as used herein refers to an isomer readily interconverted from a compound of this invention by e.g., migration of a hydrogen atom or proton.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug" as used herein, refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention, which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically active metabolite or residue thereof. Particularly favored derivati ves or prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a patient (e.g., by allowing orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system).
Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyaikyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, Λ-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, ammo acid conjugates, phosphate esters, metal salts and sulfonate esters. Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. See for example Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396; Bundgaard, H. "Design and Application of Prodrugs" in A Textbook ofDrug Design and Development, rosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Ed., 1991, Chapter 5, p. 113-191; and Bundgaard, 11, Advanced Drug Delivery Review, 1992, 8, 1-38, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. The prodrugs described herein include, but are not limited to, the following groups and combinations of these groups: amine derived prodrugs: Hydroxy prodrugs include, but are not limited to acyloxyalkyl esters, alkoxyearbonyloxyalkyl esters, alkyl esters, aryl esters and disulfide containing esters.
The term "Trk inhibitor" as used herein refers to a compound that exhibits an IC50, with respect to Trk activity, of no more than about 100 μιη activity, of no more than about 50 μΜ, as measured in the pan- Trk kinase assay described generally herein. "IC50" is that concentration of inhibitor which reduces the activity of an enzyme (e.g., Trk) to half-maximal level. Compounds described herein have been discovered to exhibit inhibition against Trk Compounds of the present invention preferably exhibit an IQo with respect to Trk of no more than about 10 μΜ, more preferably, no more than about 5 μτη preferably, no more than about 1 μΜ, and most preferably, not more than about 200 nM, as measured in the Trk kinase assay described herein.
The term "selective," "selectively," or "selectivity" as used herein refers to a compound of this invention having a lower IC50 value for a Trk enzyme as compared to any other enzymes (e.g., at least 2, 5, 0 or more-fold lower).
The term "subject", "patient" or "individual" as used herein in reference to individuals suffering from a disorder, a disorder, a condition, and the like, encompasses mammals and non- mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. Examples of non- mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish and the like. In one embodiment of the methods and compositions provided herein, the mammal is a human.
The terms "treat," "treating" or "treatment," and other grammatical equivalents as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition, and are intended to include prophylaxis. The terms further include achieving a therapeutic benefit and'or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the patient notwithstanding that the patient may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. For prophylactic benefit, the compositions may be administered to a patient at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a patient reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made.
The terms "effective amount", "therapeutically effective amount" or "pharmaceutically effective amount" as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of at least one agent or compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an "effective amount" for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in a disease. An appropriate "effective" amount in any individual case may be determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
The terms "administer," "administering", "administration," and the like, as used herein, refer to the methods that may be used to enable delivery of compounds or compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to oral routes, intraduodenal routes, parenteral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion), topical and rectal administration. Those of skill in the art are familiar with administration techniques that can be employed with the compounds and methods described herein, e.g., as discussed in Goodman and Oilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, current ed; Pergamon; and Remington's, Pharmaceutical Sciences (current edition), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. In preferred embodiments, the compounds and compositions described herein are administered orally.
The term "acceptable" as used herein, with respect to a Formulation, composition or ingredient, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" as used herein, refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compounds described herein, and is relatively nontoxic, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
The term "carrier" as used herein, refers to relatively nontoxic chemical compounds or agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
The term "agonist," as used herein, refers to a molecule such as a compound, a drug, an enzyme activator or a hormone modulator which enhances the activity of another molecule or the activity of a receptor site.
The term "antagonist," as used herein, refers to a molecule such as a compound, a drug, an enzyme inhibitor, or a hormone modulator, which diminishes, or prevents the action of another molecule or the activity of a receptor site.
The term "modulate," as used herein, means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target,
The term "modulator," as used herein, refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly. The interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist and an antagonist.
The terms "enhance" or "enhancing," as used herein, means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration of a desired effect. Thus, in regard to enhancing the effect of therapeutic agents, the term "enhancing" refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of other therapeutic agents on a system.
An "enhancing-effective amount," as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system.
Trie terms "pharmaceutical combination", "administering an additional therapy", "administering an additional therapeutic agent" and the like, as used herein, refer to a pharmaceutical therapy resulting from mixing or combining more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients. The term "fixed combination" means that at least one of the compounds described herein, and at least one co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term "non-fixed combination" means that at least one of the compounds described herein, and at least one co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with variable intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two or more compounds in the body of the patient. These also apply to cocktail therapies, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
The terms "co-administration", "administered in combination with" and their grammatical equivalents or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agenis to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different times. In some embodiments the compounds described herein will be co-administered with other agents. These terms encompass administration of two or more agents to an animal so that both agents and/or their metabolites are present in the animal at the same time. They include simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration at different times in separate compositions, and/or administration in a composition in which both agents are present. Thus, in some embodiments, the compounds of the invention and the other agent (s) are administered in a single composition.
The term "metabolite," as used herein, refers to a derivative of a compound which is formed when the compound is metabolized.
The term "active metabolite," as used herein, refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
The term "metabolized," as used herein, refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Tims, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while undine diphosphate glucuronyltransferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulphydryl groups. Further information on metabolism may be obtained from The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996).
Novel Compounds
According to embodiments of the invention, novel chemical compounds include a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
Figure imgf000021_0001
Formula I
in some embodiments, R1 of Formula I is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups, wherein the one or more substituent groups are independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF3, -CHF2, NH2, hydroxyl, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1-C4 alkoxy, and branched C1-C4 alkoxy.
In some embodiments, R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1 -C4 alkyl and branched linear C1-C4 alkyl. Further, in Formula I, X is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2O-, -CI I Ni l-. -CH2N(C1 -C4 alkyl)-, -CH(F)-, -(1· ,·. -CH(Cl)-, -CH(OH)-, -CH(OCH3)-, -CH(NH2)-, or -C(CH3)2-. Further, in Formula I, Q is selected from the group consisting of -CH==CR3C(0)NR4R5, -CH==CR3NR C(0)R5, -CH==CR3NR4C(0)NR4R5, -CI I CR/R".
-CS CC(0)NR4R5, - C.s CCR5, and
Figure imgf000021_0002
.
In some embodiments, R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl.
In some embodiments, -NR4R3 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocylic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring.
In embodiments where-NR^3 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of -NR4R5 and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 alkyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, linear C1 -C4 alkyl carboxylic acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched.
In embodiments where - R4R5 does not form a ring structure, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl, and R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, l inear C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxy!, and C1-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted w th at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxy!
1 " 4
In some embodiments, Y , Y\ YJ, and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR6, and -NR°, wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyi, branched C1-C4 alkyl, 5-6 membered aiyl ring, 5-6 membered heteroarvl rmg, 3-7 membered lieterocycloalkyl ring, 3-7 membered cycloalkyl rmg, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -C]¾CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
In some embodiments, the compo nd of Formula I is a compound of Formula II, III or IV:
Figure imgf000022_0001
Formula II
Figure imgf000022_0002
Formula HI
Figure imgf000022_0003
Formula IV
In some embodiments, some compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically accepiable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof have a structure wherein,
Q is 5-6 membered heteroarvl rings including, but are not limited to, the following structures:
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000023_0002
in certain embodiments, R3 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, ~C(CH3)2CH2F, -CHCF2, CFI2CFIF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CH(CH3)CF3.
in certain embodiments, R5 is -(Cl -C6)hydroxyalkyl or [(Cl -C6)alkoxy](Cl - C6)a1ky1-. Examples include -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2CH2OH,
-CH2CH(OH)CH3, -C(CFI3)2CFf2OFf, -CH2C(CH3)2OH, -CH(CH3)CFI2OFI,
-CH2C(CH3)2CH2OH, -CH(CH2OH)CFI(CFi3)2, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2OH, -CH(CFI2OFI)C(CFI3)3, -CFi2CFI2OCFI3, -CFI2CFI2Ci¾OCH3, -CH2CFi2CFI2CH2OCFI3, -CFI2CH(OCH3)CH3,
-C(CH3)2CFI2OCFI3, -CFI2C(CFi3)2OCFi3, -CFi(CFI3)CFI2OCFI3, -CFI2C(CFI3)2CH2OCFI3, -CFi(CFI2OCFI3)CFI(CH3)2, -CFI(CH2C¾)CH2()CFI3, and -CFI(CH2OCFI3)C(CFI3)3. A particular example is -CH2CH2OH or CH2CH2OCH3.
In one embodiment, R3 is -(Cl-C6)hydroxyaikyi or [(Cl-C6)alkoxy](Cl-C6)alkyl- and R is hydrogen.
In one embodiment, R3 is -(Cl-C6)hydroxyaikyi or [(Cl-C6)alkoxy](Cl-C6)alkyl- and R4 is -(Cl-C6)alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R3 is -(C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl. Examples include - CH2CH(OH)CH2OH, -C(CH3)(CH2OH)2> -CH(CH2OH)2 and -CH(CH2OH)(CHOHCH3).
Particular examples include -CH2CH(OH)CH2OH and ··('(('! !-. ;·{(1 hOS f }2. In one embodiment, R3 is -(C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl and R4 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R3 is - (C2-C6)dihydroxyalkyl and R4 is -(Cl-C6)aikyi.
In certain embodiments, R3 is ~0(C1-C6)alkyl which is optionally substituted with OH or (Cl-C4)aikoxy, and R4 is hydrogen. Examples of R5 include -OMe, -OEt, -OCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH(OH)CH3, -OCI I ('(('i I-, j ·ΟΙ I. -OCI I CS X'i !-,. OCH2CH2CH2OCH3, and -OCH2CH(OCH3)CH3.
Figure imgf000024_0001
In certain embodiments R" is:
Figure imgf000024_0002
Figure imgf000025_0001
In certain embodiments, NR4R5 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having a ring nitrogen atom and optionally having a second ring heteroatom selected from N and O, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from (CI-C6)alkyl, OH, COOH, and (C1-C3 alkyl)COOH. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or two of said substituents. Particular examples include, but are not limited to, the following structures:
Figure imgf000025_0002
In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently seiected from halogen, (Cl.-C4)alkoxy, -CF3, -CHF2, -0(C1 -C4 alkyl), -(Cl-C4)alkyl and NH2, or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having a ring heteroatom selected form N and S, wherein said heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, -0(C1-C4 alkyl), (Cl -C4)alkyl and NH2, or a pyrid-2-on-3-yl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen and (Cl-C4)alkyl. Particular examples include, but are not limited to, the following structures;
Figure imgf000026_0001

Figure imgf000027_0001

Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001

Figure imgf000030_0001
Where the compounds disclosed herein have at least one chiral center, they may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
The skilled artisan will recognize that some structures described herein may be resonance forms or tautomers of compounds that may be fairly represented by other chemical structures, even when kmeticaily; the artisan recognizes that such structures may only represent a very small portion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are considered within the scope of the structures depicted, though such resonance forms or tautomers are not represented herein.
Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element. For example, in a compound structure a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound. At any position of the compound that a hydrogen atom may be present, the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Pharmaceutical Compositions, Treating Diseases, Administration
The novel compounds disclosed above are inhibitors of TrkA, TrkB and/or TrkC and are useful for treating pain, cancers and other hyperproliferative diseasesln one aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including one or more of the chemical compounds of Formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, polymorphs, esters, tautomers or prodrugs for use in treating painm cancers and other hyperproliferative diseases.
In embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof. Further, the pharmaceutical composition further includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvants and/or excipients. In some embodiments, such a composition may contain at least one of preservatives, agents for delaying absorption, fillers, binders, adsorbents, buffers, disintegrating agents, solubilizing agents, and other carriers, adjuvants and/or excipients as inert ingredients. The composition may be Formulated with a method well-known in the art.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for oral administration. In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a tablet, capsule, pill, powder, sustained release Formulation, solution and suspension. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for parenteral injection, such as a sterile solution, suspension or emulsion; for topical administration as an ointment or cream or for rectal administration as a suppository.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form suitable for oral administration. In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a tablet, capsule, pill, powder, sustained release Formulations, solution and suspension for oral administration, for parenteral injection as a sterile solution, suspension or emulsion, for topical administration as an ointment or cream, or for rectal administration as a suppository. In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient and' r adjuvant.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of admimnstering a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition to a subject for the treatment of pain, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases, certain infectious diseases, cancer, other hyperproliferative diseases or conditions modulated by the Trk cascade in a mammal including human.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting a Trk enzyme. The method comprises contacting said Trk enzyme with an amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof, sufficient to inhibit said enzyme, wherein said enzyme is inhibited. In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for selectively inhibiting a Trk enzyme.
In another aspect, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a phannaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting a Trk enzyme.
In embodiments, the Trk enzyme is Trk kinase. In some embodiments the Trk enzyme is TrkA. In some embodiments the Trk enzyme is TrkB. In some embodiments, the Trk enzyme is TrkC.
In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I can selecti vely inhibit a TrkA enzyme, TrkB enzyme or TrkC enzyme. In some other embodiments, the compounds of Formula I may not have a selectivity from TrkA enzyme, TrkB enzyme and TrkC enzyme.
In some embodiments, the contacting occurs within a cell. In further or additional embodiments the cell is a mammalian cell. In further or additional embodiments the mammalian cell is a human cell. In further or additional embodiments, the Trk enzyme is inhibited with a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method of treatment of a Trk mediated disorder in an individual suffering from said disorder comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a Trk mediated disorder.
In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In further or additional embodiments, the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments, the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mgkg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.002 to about 6 g'day. In fmlher or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.005 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 5 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day.
In furtlier or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In fuilher or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is for administration to a mammal.
In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic agen ts, anti-angiogenesis agen ts and anti-neoplastic agents.
In further or additional embodiments, the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal''anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is taxol, bortezomib or both. In further or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I.
In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 1% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 2% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 3% inhibited In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 4% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 5% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 10% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 20% inhibited. In furtlier or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 25% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 30% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 40% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 50% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 60% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 70% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 75% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 80% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is at least about 90% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments the enzyme is essentially completely inhibited.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 nig/kg body weight-'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day.
In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In furtlier or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day.
In some embodiments, the individual suffering from the Trk mediated disorder is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination w th at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents.
In further or additional embodiments, the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxms; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both. In some embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorder, neurological disorders, fibrogenic disorders, proliferative disorders, hype^oliferative disorders, non- cancer hyper- proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, malignant disease, vascular restenosis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, heart failure, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, dry eye, closed angle glaucoma and wide angle glaucoma.
In further or additional embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is an inflammatory disease. In further or additional embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is a hypeqDroliferative disease. In further or additional embodiments, the Trk mediated disorder is selected from the group consisting of tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas and malignant disease. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for degrading, inhibiting the growth of or killing a cancer cell comprising contacting said cell with an amount of a composition effective to degrade, inhibit the gro wth of or to kill said cell, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for degrading and/or inhibiting the growth of or killing a cancer cell.
In some embodiments, the cancer cells comprise brain, breast lung, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, or colorectal cancer cells. In further or additional embodiments, the composition is administered with at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is taxol, bortezomib or both. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents. In further or additional embodiments, the anti-neoplastic agents selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, horrnonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
In some embodiments, the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 1% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 2% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 3% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 4% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 5% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 10% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 20% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 25% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 30% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 40% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 50% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 60% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 70% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 75% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 80% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 90% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, 100% of the cancer cells are degraded. In further or additional embodiments, essentially all of the cancer ceils are degraded.
In some embodiments, the cancer cells are killed. In former or additional embodiments, 1% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 2% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 3% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 4% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 5% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 10% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 20% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 25% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 30% of the cancer ceils are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 40% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 50% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 60% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 70% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 75% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 80% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 90% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, 100% of the cancer cells are killed. In further or additional embodiments, essentially all of the cancer cells are killed.
In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 1% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 2% inhibited, in further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 3% inhibited, in further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 4% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 5% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 10% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 20% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 25% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 30% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 40% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 50"% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 60% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer ceils is about 70% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 75% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 80% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 90% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, the growth of the cancer cells is about 100% inhibited. In further or additional embodiments, a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is used.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a proliferative disease in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or pro-drug thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a proliferative disease.
In some embodiments, the proliferative disease is cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, autoimmune disease, or atherosclerosis. In further or additional embodiments, the proliferative disease is a hyperproliferative disease. In further or additional embodiments, the proliferative disease is selected from the group consisting of tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas and malignant disease. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovanan cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer or adrenocortical carcinoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is renal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is myeloid leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is glioblastoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is follicular lymphoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pre-B acute leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic B-leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is mesothelioma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is small cell line cancer.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents. In further or additional embodiments, the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyilotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. in further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from the proliferative disease is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory disease in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
In some embodim ents, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory disease.
In further or additional embodiments, the inflammatory disease is selected from chronic inflammatory diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, spondyloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile arthritis, acute rheumatic arthritis, enteropathic arthritis, neuropathic arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, pyogenic arthritis, atherosclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, reflux esophagitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, asthma, allergies, respiratory distress syndrome, pancreatitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary fibrosis, psoriasis, eczema or scleroderma. In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenteral!}' (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mgkg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from the inflammatory disease is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of cancer in an individual comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prophylaxis of a cancer.
In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the fibrogenetic disorder is scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis or pulmonary fibrosis. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, colorectal cancer or leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is brain cancer or adrenocortical carcinoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is renal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is myeloid leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is glioblastoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is follicular lymphoma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is pre-B acute leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is chronic lymphocytic B-leukemia. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is mesothelioma. In further or additional embodiments, the cancer is small cell line cancer.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents. In further or additional embodiments, the anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezormb or both. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In furtlier or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method of reducing the size of a tumor, inhibiting tumor size increase, reducing tumor proliferation or preventing tumor proliferation in an individual, comprising administering to said individual an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for reducing the size of a tumor, inhibiting tumor size increase, reducing tumor proliferation or preventing tumor proliferation.
In some embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 1%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 2%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 3%. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 4%. In furtlier or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 5%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 10%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 20%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 25%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 30%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 40%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 50%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 60%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 70%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 75%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 80%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 85%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 90%. In further or additional embodiments, the size of a tumor is reduced by at least 95%. In further or additional embodiments, the tumor is eradicated. In some embodiments, the size of a tumor does not increase.
In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 1%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 2%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 3%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 4%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 5%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 0%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 20%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 25%. In some embodiments, rumor proliferation is reduced by at least 30%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 40%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 50%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 60%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 70%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 75%. in some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 80%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 90%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is reduced by at least 95%. In some embodiments, tumor proliferation is prevented.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and antineoplastic agents.
In further or additional embodiments, the antineoplastic agent is selected from the group of consisting of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzy mes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inliibitors, hormonal''anti4 onnonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors. In further or additional embodiments, the therapeutic agent is selected from taxol, bortezomib or both. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg kg body weight'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg/kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method for achieving an effect in a patient comprising the administration of an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof, to a patient, wherein the effect is selected from the group consisting of inhibition of various cancers, immunological diseases, and inflammatory diseases. In some embodiments, the effect is inhibition of various cancers. In further or additional embodiments, the effect is inhibition of immunological diseases. In further or additional embodiments, the effect is inhibition inflammatory diseases.
In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibiting various cancers, immunological diseases, and/or inflammatory diseases.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with an additional therapy. In further or additional embodiments, the additional therapy is radiation therapy, chemotherapy or a combination of both. In further or additional embodiments, the composition comprising a compound of Formula I is administered in combination with at least one therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intraduodenally, parenterally (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or by infusion), topically or rectally.
In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg kg body weight/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is in the range of about 0.5 to about 50 mg kg body weight /day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.001 to about 7 g day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.01 to about 7 g/day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.02 to about 5 g/day. In turther or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.05 to about 2.5 g-'day. In further or additional embodiments the amount of compound of Formula I is about 0.1 to about 1 g/day. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate. In further or additional embodiments, dosage levels above the upper limit of the aforesaid range may be required.
In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in a single dose, once daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered in multiple doses, more than once per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered twice daily. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered three times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered four times per day. In further or additional embodiments the compound of Formula I is administered more than four times per day. In some embodiments, the individual suffering from cancer is a mammal. In further or additional embodiments, the individual is a human. In further or additional embodiments, an effective amount of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula I is administered. In some embodiments, the present invention is directed to a process for preparing a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, ester, tautomer or prodrug thereof.
Figure imgf000047_0001
Q = CO?R, CHO, CN, ! Y1. Y2. Y3. = C, O, N. or S
Figure imgf000047_0002
The foregoing scheme provides general synthetic routes for the compounds of Formula I, II, and IV. The key intermediate compound 3 can be obtained via coupling reaction of cyclic amine compounds with the bicyclic hetero cyclic compound 1 containing various functional groups Q. The various five membered heterocyclic moieties in the compounds of Formula I are introduced via coupling reaction, condensation, or cyclization reactions from the compound 3. The compounds of Formula II can be prepared from the compound 3 containing aldehyde moiety through HEW reaction, hydrolysis followed by amide coupling reaction. In the case of Formula IV, Sonogashira reaction with iodo compound 3 afforded the desired compounds. NMR spectra were recorded i CDCI3 and OMSO-d^ solution in 5-mm o.d. tubes (Norell, Inc. 507-111») at 30 °C and were collected on Varian VNMRS-400 at 400 MHz for !H. The chemical shifts (δ) are relative to tetramethyisilane (TMS = 0.00 ppm) and expressed in ppm. LC/MS was taken on Ion-trap Mass Spectrometer on FINNIGAN Thermo LCQ Advantage MAX, Agilent LC 1200 series (Column : YMC Hydrosphere (C18, 04.6 x 50 mm, 3 μηι, 120 A, 40 °C) operating in ESI(+) ionization mode; flow rate = 1.0 mL/min. Mobile phase = 0.01% iieptafluorobutyric acid (HFBA) and 1.0% isopropyi alcohol (IP A) in water or CH3CN.
Figure imgf000048_0001
"C to r.t.. 2 h
Intermediate Compound 1 : 3-fluoro-5-(pyrroiidm-2-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000048_0002
tert-butyl 2-oxopyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
O
NBoc
J
To a solution of pyrrolidin-2-one (10.0 g, 1 18 mmol) in CH3CN (1 18 mL) were added TEA (19,6 mL, 141 mmol), DMAP (7, 1 8 g, 58.8 mmol) and (i~Boc)20 (32.7 mL, 141 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The separated organic layer was washed with 1 N aq. HCI, 1 N aq. NaOH and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford tert-butyl 2- oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (21.0 g, 96%) as a pale yellow oil. H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400
MHz): δ 1.53 (9H, s), 2.00 (2H, quint, ./ 8.0 Hz), 2.52 (2H, t, ./ 8.0 Hz), 3.75 (2H, 1. .1 7.6 Hz).
Step B: tert-butyl 4-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate
Figure imgf000049_0001
To a solution of 3-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (4.26 g, 24.2 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 14.5 mL, 29.0 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C, stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C and then cooled to -78 °C. After addition of a solution of tert-butyl 2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (5.38 g, 29.0 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with saturated aq. NH4C1. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 2: 1 to 1 : 1) to afford tert-butyl 4-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4- oxobutylcarbamate (4.73 g, 69%) as a yellow oil.
Step C: 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-y -5-fluoropyridine
Figure imgf000049_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate (4.73 g, 16.7 mmol) in DCM (17 mL) was added TFA (6.45 mL, 84 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aq. NaHC03, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-5-fluoropyridine (1.83 g, 66.5%) as a yellow solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.10 (21 1. quint, 1 8.0 Hz), 2,96 (2Ή, t, ./ 8.4 Hz), 4.10 (21 1, t, J ------- 7,6 Hz), 7.94 , J ------- 9.2 Hz), 8.53 ( i l l. d, ./ 2.4 Hz), 8.79 (HI, s).
Step D: 3~fluoro-5~(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyndine
Figure imgf000050_0001
To a solution of 3-(3,4-dihydiO-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-5~fluoropyridiiie (1.83 g, 11.1 mmol) in MeOH (16 mL) and water (4.0 niL) was portionwise added sodium borohydride (0.843 g, 22.3 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then quenched with 2 N aq. HC1. After evaporation of MeOH, the residue was basified with 1 N aq. NaOH and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na?S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (1.62 g, 87%) as a yellow oil. ¾H~NM . (CDCU, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.60-1 ,69 (1H, m), 1.81 -1.98 (3H, m), 2,20- 2.29 ( H I. m), 3.03-3, 10 (1 H, m), 3, 15-3.20 ( i l l. m), 4.22 ( i l l. t, J = 7.6 Hz), 7,49 (1H, d, 10.0 Hz), 8,32 ( i l l. d, J = 2,4 Hz), 8.40 (1H, s).
Example 2: Preparation of Intermediate Compound 2
Figure imgf000050_0002
- 78 °c to r.t. 2 h
Intermediate Compound 2: 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000050_0003
Step A: tert-butyl 4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate
Figure imgf000051_0001
To a solution of 2-bromo-l,4-difluorobenzene (5.81 mL, 51.8 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 31.1 mL, 62.2 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C, stirred for 1 hour at that temperature and then cooled to - 78 °C again. After addition of a solution of tert-butyl 2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (11.5 g, 62.2 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring for 2 hours and quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4- oxobutylcarbamate (15.5 g, 100%) as a pale green oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step B: 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole
Figure imgf000051_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-oxobutylcarbamate (15.5 g, 51.8 mmol) in DCM (52 mL) was added TFA (19.9 mL, 259 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aq. NaHC03, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole (6.17 g, 65.8%) as a reddish oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. ' l i-WIR (CDC13, V arian, 400 MHz): δ 2.00-2.08 (2H, in), 2.97-3.02 (2H, m), 3.99-4.04 (2H, m), 7.04-7.08 (2H, m), 7.64-7.68 (1H, m). Step C: 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000052_0001
To a solution of 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole (6.17 g, 34.1 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) and water (15 mL) was portionwise added sodium borohydride (2.58 g, 68.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then quenched with 2 N aq. HC1. After evaporation of MeOH, the residue was basified with 1 N aq. NaOH and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrroHdrae (5.94 g, 95%) as a yellow oil, Π-NMR (CDC13, Van an, 400 MHz): δ 1.56-1.65 (1 H, m), 1.78-1.94 (3H, m), 2.21- 2.30 (IH, m), 3.01-3.08 (I H, m), 3.13-3.18 (1H, m), 4.40 (IH, t, ./ 7.2 Hz), 6.82-6.88 (IH, m), 6.91-6.97 (IH, m), 7.22-7,26 (IH, m).
Example 3; Preparation of Intermediate Compound 3
Figure imgf000052_0002
Intermediate Compound 3 : 5-fluoro-2-methoxy-3-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000052_0003
Step A: 2-(but-3-ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione
Figure imgf000053_0001
To a solution of phthalimide (10.0 g, 68.0 mmol), but-3-yn-l-ol (5.24 g, 74.8 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (19.6 g, 74.8 mmol) in toluene (136 niL) was slowly added DIAL) (15.8 mL, 82.0 mmol) at 0 °C over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After addition of MeOH (50 mL), the mixture was stirred for 30 min. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and a residual solid was triturated with MeOH and collected by filtration to afford 2-(but-3- ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (10.9 g, 81%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-<:¾, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.52 (2H, dt, J= 7,2, 2.4 Hz), 2.78-2.80 (1H, m), 3,68 (2H, t, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.80-7.86 (4H, m).
Step B: 2-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-ynyl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
Figure imgf000053_0002
A solution 3-bromo-5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine (4.00 g, 19.4 mmol), 2-(but-3- ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (3.87 g, 19.4 mmol) and TEA (10.8 mL, 78 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was degassed with argon. After addition of Pd(PPh3)4 (1.12 g, 0.971 mmol) and Cul (0.370 g, 1.94 mmol), the reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. After addition of MeOH, a precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with MeOH and dried under vacuum to afford 2-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3- yl)but-3-ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (5.80 g, 92%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (CDCL, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.90 (2H, t, J= 6.8 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.99 (2H, t, J= 6,8 Hz), 7.34 (1H, dd, ./ 7.6, 2,4 Hz), 7.73-7,75 (21 1. m), 7.87-7,89 (3H, m). Step C: 4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-yn-l -amine
Figure imgf000054_0001
To a soluton of 2-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-ynyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione
(6.44 g, 19.8 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and DCM (100 mL) was added hydrazine (1.39 mL, 29.8 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, while an insoluble solid was observed. The solid was filtered off and washed with DCM. The filtrate was washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-(5-fluoro- 2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-yn-l-amine (3.86 g, 100%) as a yellow solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.41 (2H, br. s), 2.61 (2H, t, J = 6,4 Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.97 (3H, s), 7.40 (IH, dd, J = 8.0, 2.8 Hz), 7.92 (IH, d, J = 2.8 Hz).
Step D: 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-y -5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine
Figure imgf000054_0002
A mixture of 4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)but-3-yn-l-amine (3.86 g, 19.8 mmol) and PdQ2 (35.0 mg, 0.199 mmol) in CH-.CX (50 mL) and water (17 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between DCM and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried over Na?S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (Hex:EtOAc = 5: 1 to 3: 1) to afford 3-(3,4-dihydro- 2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine (2.10 g, 54%) as a yellow solid. ^I-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.01 (2H, quint, J= 7.6 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J= 7.6 Hz), 3.97 (3H, s), 3.99 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.92 (IH, dd, J = 8.4, 2.8 Hz), 8.04 (IH, d, J - 2.8 Hz). Step E: 5-fluoro-2-methoxy-3-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000055_0001
To a dispersion of 3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrol-5-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridine (500 mg, 2.57 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and water (2.5 mL) was portionwise added sodium borohydride (195 mg, 5.15 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then quenched with 2 N aq. HQ. After evaporation of MeOH, the mixture was basified with 1 N aq. NaOH and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-fluoro-2-methoxy-3-(pyrrolidin-2- yl)pyridine (437 mg, 87%) as a yellow oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification, 1H-NMR (CDCl;, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.50-1,59 (I H, m), 1.79-1.87 (2H, m), 1 ,93 (I H, br, s), 2.20-2.28 (I H, m), 3.01-3.15 (2H, m), 3,93 (3H, s), 4.29 (I H, t, ,/ 7,6 Hz), 7.57 (IH, dd, J 8,8, 3.2 Hz), 7.83 (IH, d, ./ 3.2 Hz).
Example 4: Preparation of Intermediate Compomnd 4
Figure imgf000055_0002
- 78 "C lo r.t. 4 h
Figure imgf000055_0003
I termediate Compound 4: (R)-3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000056_0001
Step A: 4-chloro-N-methoxy-iV-methylbutanamide
Figure imgf000056_0002
To a solution of 4-chlorobutanoyl chloride (50.0 g, 355 mmol) and N-MeO-N-Methyl amine HC1 (34.6 g, 355 mmol) in DCM (709 mL) was slowly added TEA (109 mL, 780 mmol) at 0 °C over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 3 hours and then treated with water (250 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-chloro-N-methoxy-iV-methylbutanamide (55.0 g, 94%) as yellow oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.12 ( 21 1. qumt, J = 6.4 Hz), 2.63 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3, 19 (3H, s), 3.64 (2H, t, J= 6.4 Hz), 3,71 (3H, s).
Step B: 4-chloro- 1 -(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butan- 1 -one
Figure imgf000056_0003
To a solution of 3-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (30.0 g, 170 mmol) in dry THF (170 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 102 mL, 205 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C, stirred for 1 hour at that temperature and then cooled to -78 °C again. After addition of a solution of 4-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylbutanamide (31.1 g, 188 mmol) in dry THF (100 mL), the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring for 4 hours and quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 7: 1 to 6: 1) to afford 4-chloro- 1 -(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butan-l -one (25.1 g, 125 mmol, 73%) as a yellow oil . 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2,27 (2H, quint, J ------ 6,4 Hz), 3.22 (2Η, ΐ, ·■' 6.8 Hz), 3.70 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.93-7.97 (1H, m), 8.68 ( i l l. d, ./ 3.2 Hz), 9.03 (1H, I 1.6 Hz).
Step C: (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfin- amide.
Figure imgf000057_0001
A solution of 4-chloro-l-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butan-l-one (25.1 g, 125 mmol), (S)-2- methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (22.6 g, 187 mmol) and tetraethoxytitanium (42.6 g, 187 mmol) in THF (249 mL) was heated at 75 °C for 48 hours and cooled to room temperature. After addition of EtOAc (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. A precipitated solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with water twice, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 3: 1 to 2: 1) to afford (S,Z)-N-(4- chloro-l-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (30.0 g, 79%) as a yellow oil. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.35 (9H, s), 2.09-2.26 (2H, m), 3.31-3.38 (1H, m), 3.44-3.51 (1H, m), 3.62-3.71 (21 1. m), 7.87 (1H, d. 9.2 Hz), 8.59 (IH, d, ./ 2.8 Hz), 8.92 ( H i. s).
Step D: 3-((R)-l-((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-5-fluoropyridine
Figure imgf000057_0002
To a solution of (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane- 2-sulfinamide (10.0 g, 32.8 mmol) in dry THF (131 mL) was added Super hydride (1 M in THF, 36.1 mL, 36.1 mmol) at -78 °C, The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour, warmed to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After being quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 to 1 :2 to 1 :3 to EtOAc) to afford 3-((R)-l-((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-5-fluoropyridine (3.73 g, 42%) as a yellow oil. JH-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.13 (9H, s), 1.75-1.79 (IH, m), 1.79-2.04 (2H, m), 2.28- 2.36 (IH, m), 2.97-3.03 (IH, m), 3.90-3.95 (IH, m), 4.71 (IH, t, ./ 7.2 Hz), 7.33-7.36 (IH, m), 8.38-8.39 (2H, m).
Step E: (R)-3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000058_0001
To a solution of 3-((R)-l-((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-5-fJ[uoropyridine (7.47 g, 27.6 mmol) in MeOH (55 mL) was added HC1 (4 M in dioxane, 34.5 mL, 138 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in water (100 mL) and washed with EtOAc (100 mL). The separated aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 N aq. NaOH (150 mL), extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (R)-3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (4.35 g, 95%) as a reddish oil. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.60-1.69 (IH, m), 1.83-1.97 (3H, m), 2.20- 2.29 (IH, m), 3.04-3.10 (IH, m), 3.15-3.21 (IH, m), 4.23 (IH, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.47-7.51 (IH, m), 8.33 (IH, d, ./ 2.8 Hz), 8.40 (IH, s).
Example 5: Preparation of Intermediate Compound 5
Figure imgf000058_0002
- 78 °C to f.t. 4 h
Figure imgf000058_0003
Intermediate Compound 5: (R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000059_0001
Step A: 4-chloro-l -(2,5-difluorophenyl)butan-l -one
Figure imgf000059_0002
To a solution of 2-bromo-l ,4-difluorobenzene (30.0 g, 155 mmol) in dry THF (155 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (2 M in THF, 93.0 mL, 187 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C, stirred for 1 hour at that temperature and then cooled to - 78 °C again. After addition of a solution of 4-chloro-iV-methoxy-iV-methylbutanamide (28.3 g, 171 mmol) in THF (100 mL), the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring for 4 hours and quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 7: 1 to 6: 1) to afford 4-chloro-l -(2, 5-difluorophenyl)butan-l -one (13.3 g, 39%) as a pale yellow oil. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.22 (2H, quint, I 6.8 FIz), 3, 16-3.20 (2FF m), 3,67 (2H, t, J ------- 6.4 FIz), 7.1 1 -7.17 (I F m), 7,20-7.26 (IFF m), 7, 55-7.59 (IFF m).
Step B: (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l-(2,5-difluorophenyl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2- sulfinamide
Figure imgf000059_0003
A solution of 4-chloro-l-(2,5-difluorophenyl)butan-l -one (16.4 g, 75.0 mmol), (S)~2~ methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (13.6 g, 113 mmol) and tetraethoxy titanium (25.7 g, 113 mmol) in TFEF (150 mL) was heated at 75 °C for 48 hours and cooled to room temperature. After addition of EtOAc (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred for I hour at room temperature. A precipitated solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with water twice, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 3: 1 to 2: 1) to afford (S,Z)-N-(4- chloro-l-(2,5-difluorophenyl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (16.3 g, 67%) as a yellow oil. lH-NMR (DMSO-de, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.15 and 1.21 (9H, s and s), 1.86-2.12 (2H, m), 2.78-3.30 (2H, m), 3.60-3.76 (2H, m), 7.20-7.60 (3H, m).
Step C: (R)-l -((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl -2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000060_0001
To a solution of (S,Z)-N-(4-chloro-l -(2,5-difluorophenyl)butylidene)-2-methylpropane-2- sulfinamide (16.3 g, 50.7 mmol) in dry THF (203 rnL) was added Super hydride (1 M sol in THF, 55.7 mL, 55.7 mmol) at -78 °C, The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour, warmed to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After being quenched with saturated aq. NH4C1, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water, dried over Na2S0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc = 6: 1 to 5: 1 to 4: 1) to afford (R)-l - ((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (8.60 g, 59%>) as a yellow oil. lH-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.15 (9H, s), 1.75-1.80 ( 1H, m), 1.82-1.98 (21 L m), 2.24-2,32 (1H, m), 2.95-3.01 ( 1 1 1. m), 3.87-3.93 (1H, m), 4.96 ( l i l. t, ./ 7.2 Hz), 6.87-6.93 ( i l l. m), 6.95-7.06 (2H, m).
Step D: (R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000060_0002
To a solution of (R)-l-((S)-tert-butylsulfinyl)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (8.60 g, 29.9 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) was added HC1 (4 M in dioxane, 37.4 mL, 150 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After concentration in vacuo. the residue was dissolved in water (100 mL) and washed with EtOAc (100 mL). The separated aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 N aq. NaOH (150 mL), extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3 ). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo to afford (R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (5.06 g, 92%) as a reddish oil. lH-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.56-1.65 (IH, m). 1.78-1.93 (3H, m), 2.21-2.30 ( i l l. m), 3.01-3.08 (IH, m), 3.13-3.18 ( i l l. m), 4.39 ( i l l. t, ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.82-6.88 (IH, m), 6.91-6.97 ( i l l. m), 7.22-7.26 (IH, m).
Cxample 6: Preparation of Intermediate Compounds 6 and 7
Figure imgf000061_0001
Intermediate Compounds 6 and 7: (2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (6) and (2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (7)
Figure imgf000062_0001
Step A: (R)-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pyrrolidin-2-one
O
TBSc
To a solution of (R)-4-hydroxypyrrolidin-2-one (5.00 g, 49.5 mmol) in DMF (24 mL) were added TBSCl (7.83 g, 51.9 mmol) and imidazole (5.05 g, 74.2 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and poured into ice water. A precipitate solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give (R)-4-(tert- butyldimethyisilyioxy)pyrroiidin-2-one (9.64 g, 91%) as a white solid. 1 H-NMR (CDCi3, V arian 400 MHz): δ 0.07 (6H, s), 0.89 (9H, s), 2.27 and 2.54 (2H, ABq, JAB = 16.8 Hz), 3.24 and 3.59 (21 1. ABq, JAB = 9.8 Hz), 4.53-4.58 ( I I I. m), 6.25 ( i l l. s).
Step B: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
O
^^NBoc
TBSO*
To a solution of (R)-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pyrrolidin-2-one (9.64 g, 44.8 mmol) in CH3CN (90 mL) were added TEA (7.49 mL, 53.7 mmol), DMAP (5.47 g, 44,8 mmol) and (r- Boc)20 (12.5 mL, 53.7 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The separated organic layer was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 3: 1) to afford (R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (13.4 g, 95%) as a pale brown solid. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan 400 MHz): δ 0.077 (3H, s), 0,082 (3H, s), 0,88 (9H, s), 1.53 (9H, s), 2.47 and 2,71 (2H, ABq, JAB ;= 17.4 Hz), 3.62 and 3.86 (2H, ABq, JAB ;= 11.3 Hz), 4.37-4.41 (1H, m). Step C: tert-butyl (2R)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-hydrox>'- butylcarbamate
Figure imgf000063_0001
To a solution of 2-bromo-l.,4-difluorobenzene (3.97 ml., 35.4 mmol) in dry THF (118 mL) was added isopropyimagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 21.2 mL, 42.5 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C and stirred for 1 hour at that temperature and then cooled to -78 °C again. After the addition of a solution of (R)-tert- butyl 4-(tert- butyldimethyisilyloxy)-2-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (13.4 g, 42.5 mmol) in dry THF (40 mL) at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0 °C with stirring for 1 hour. After addition of MeOH (118 mL) followed by NaBH4 (2.01 g, 53.1 mmol) at 0 °C, the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex: EtOAc = 6: 1) to afford tert-butyl (2R)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-4-(2,5- difluorophenyl)-4-hydroxybutylcarbamate (10.2 g, 67%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Variaii 400 MHz): δ 0.09-0.14 (6H, m), 0.91-0.93 (9H, m), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.73-1.93 (2H, m), 3.22- 3.44 (2H, m), 3.66-3.83 (IH, m), 4.06-4.15 (1H, m), 4.81 (1H, s), 5.15-5.21 (1H, m), 6.87-6.97 (2H, m), 7.22-7.29 (IH, m).
Step D: (4R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
Figure imgf000063_0002
BS To a solution of (2R)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-4-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4- hydroxybutylcarbamate (10.0 g, 23.2 mmol) in DCM ( 16 mL) were added TEA (9.69 inL, 69.5 mmol) and MsCl (1.99 mL, 25.5 mmol) at -60 °C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min at -60 °C. After addition of DBU (5.24 mL, 34.8 mmol) at -60 °C, the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. After treatment of water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 8: 1) to afford (4R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyl Umethylsilyloxy)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyi)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate as a colorless oil. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian 400 MHz): δ 0.00-0.34 (6H, m), 0.86-1.08 (9H, m), 1.36-1.62 (91 !. m), 2,04-2.67 (21 1. m), 3,60-3.93 (2H, m), 4.50-4.55 (1H, m), 5, 17-5.49 ( i l l. m), 6,98-7.33 (31 1. m).
Step E: (4R)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000064_0001
To a solution of (4R)-tert-butyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)- pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (7.23 g, 17.5 mmol) in THF (35.0 mL) was added TBAF (1.0 M in THE, 22.7 mL, 22.7 mmol) at room temperature. After being stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc, The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAe = 2: 1) to afford (4R)-tert~ butyl 2-(2,5-difiuorophenyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine~l-carboxylate (3.81 g, 73%) as a white solid. ¾-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan 400 MHz): δ 1.20-1,46 (9H, m), 1.94-2.13 (2H, m), 2,42-2.59 ( H i. m), 3.56-3,81 (2H, m), 4.49-4,50 (IH, m), 5.06-5,30 (lH, m), 6.88-7.08 (3H, m).
Step F: (2R,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (6a) and (2S,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (7a)
Figure imgf000065_0001
To a solution of (4R.)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-l- earboxylate (1.00 g, 3.34 mmol) in DCM (1 1 raL) was added DAST (0.883 mL, 6.68 mraol) at - 78 °C. After being stirred for 2 hours at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. After quenched by slow addition of saturated aq. NaHCC solution, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:Et()Ac = 10: 1) to afford (2R,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (6a) (383 mg, 38%) and (2S,4S)-tert-butyl 2- (2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (7a) (252 mg, 25%) as a colorless oil.
(The stereochemistry of each isomer was proposed by the comparison with reference (WO2012034095A1)
For (2R,4S)-tert-butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (6a) Ίί-NMR (CDCi3, V'anan 400 MHz): δ 1.21-1.46 (9H, m), 1.94-2.10 (1H, m), 2.71-2.79 (1H, m), 3.62-3.75 ( i l l. m), 3.98-4.14 ( i l l m), 5.09-5.48 (2H, m), 6.92-7.01 (3H, m)
For (2S,4S)-tert- butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (7a) Ή-NMR (CDCI3, Varian 400 MHz): δ 1.20-1.49 (9H, s), 2.25-2.35 (1H, m), 2.48-2.60 (1H, m), 3.71-4.03 (1H, m), 5.19-5.33 (2H, m), 6.88-6.99 (3H, m).
Step G: (2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluoropheny -4-fluoropyrrolidine (6)
Figure imgf000065_0002
To a solution of (2R,4S)~tert~butyl 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-l- carboxylate (383 mg, 1.27 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added TFA (1.96 mL, 25.4 mmol) at room temperature. After being stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was neutralized with saturated aq. NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (100 mg, 39%) as a yellow solid. lH-NMR (CDC13, Vanan 400 MHz): δ 1.66-1.83 (1H, m), 1.91 ( i l l. s), 2.58-2.69 ( i l l. m), 3.16-3.40 (2H, m), 4.71-4.75 (1H, m), 5.20-5.35 ( i l l. m), 6.84-6.90 ( i l l. m), 6.93-6.99 (1H, m), 7.28-7.31 ( I I I. m).
Step H: (2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (7)
Figure imgf000066_0001
TToo aa ssoolluuttiioonn ooff ((22SS,,44SS))--tteerrtt--bbuuttyyll 22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))--44--fflluuoorrooppyyrrrroolliiddiinnee--ll-- ccaarrbbooxxyyllaattee ((225522 mmgg,, 00..883366 mmmmooll)) iinn DDCCMM ((11..6677 mmLL)) wwaass aaddddeedd TTFFAA ( (11..2299 m mLL,, 1166..77 mmmmooll)) aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree.. AAfftteerr bbeeiinngg ssttiirrrreedd ffoorr 11 hhoouurr,, tthhee rreeaaccttiioonn mmiixxttuurree wwaass ccoonncceennttrraatteedd uunnddeerr rreedduucceedd pprreessssuurree.. TThhee rreessiidduuee wwaass nneeuuttrraalliizzeedd wwiitthh ssaattuurraatteedd aaqq.. NNaaii KK OO aanndd eexxttrraacctteedd wwiitthh EEttOOAAcc.. TThhee oorrggaanniicc llaayyeerr wwaass ddrriieedd oovveerr NNaa22SS0044,, ffiilltteerreedd aanndd ccoonncceennttrraatteedd uunnddeerr rreedduucceedd pprreessssuurree ttoo ggiivvee ((22SS,,44SS))--22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))--44--fflluuoorrooppyyrrrroolliiddiinnee ((111177 mmgg,, 7700%%)) aass aa yyeellllooww ssoolliidd.. llHH--NNMMRR ((CCDDCC!! ;;.. VVaannaann 440000 MMHHzz)):: δδ 11..9900--22..0055 ((22HH,, mm)),, 22..5533--22..6688 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 22..9988--33..1111 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 33..4444--33..5522 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 44..4422 ((IIHH,, tt,, JJ == 77..88 HHzz)),, 55..2288 ((1IHH,, ddtt,, JJ == 5522..44,, 44..88 HHzz)),, 66..8877--66..9922 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 66..9933--77..0000 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 77..2288--77..3311 ((IIHH,, mm))..
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Intermediate Compound 8: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000067_0002
: ethyl 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000067_0003
A mixture of ethyl-5-amino-lH-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (20.0 g, 129 mmol), (E)-ethyl 3- ethoxyaciylate (22.4 raL, 155 mmol) and cesium carbonate (63.0 g, 193 mmol) in DMF (322 mL) was stirred at 1 10 °C overnight. After being cooled to 0 °C, the reaction mixture was acidified with 2 N aq. HCL A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water and EtO Ac to afford ethyl 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (24.7 g, 92%) as a pale yellow solid. Π-NMR (DMSO-</6, Variati, 400 M i l/} 6 1.27 (3H, i J = 7.2 Hz), 4,80 (21 1. q, 1 6.8 Hz), 6. 16 (IH, d. ./ 8,0 Hz), 8.14 ( i l l. s), 8,58 (I H, d, 1 8.0 Hz), 11.7 ( i l l. br. s).
Step B: ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbox late
Figure imgf000068_0001
A mixture of ethyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (24,7 g, 119 mmol) and POCI3 (1 1 1 mL, 1.19 mol) was refluxed for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc:DCM ::= 3: 1 : 1 to 2: 1 : 1 ) to afford ethyl 5- chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (15.6 g, 58%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3,
Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.42 (2H, q, ./ 7.2 Hz), 7.00 (IH, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.64 (IH, s), 8.64 (IH, d, -/ 7.2 Hz).
Step C: ethyl 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yi)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pynmidme-3 carboxylate
Figure imgf000068_0002
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo [l,5~a]pyrimidme-3-carboxyiate (1.00 g, 4.43 mmol), 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 2, 853 mg, 4.65 mmol) and KF (1.28 g, 22.1 mmol) in DMSO (14 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford ethyl 5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1.51 g, 91%) as a yellow solid. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.30-1.49 (3H, m), 1.98-2.18 (3H, m), 2.43-2.58 (IH, m), 3.95-4.20 (2H, m), 4.25-4.48 (2H, m), 5.18-5.23 (IH, m), 5.82-5.94 (IH, m), 6.68-6.80 (IH, m), 6.86-6.98 (IH, ni), 7.00-7.12 (IH, ni), 8.08-8.22 (IH, m), 8.29 (IH, s).
Step I): 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic
Figure imgf000069_0001
To a solution of ethyl 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1.51 g, 4.06 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) and water (5.0 mL) was added LiOH (291 mg, 12.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HC1 until pH 5-6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-(2-(2,5- difiuorophenyi)pyiTolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (1.33 g, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-</6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.12 (3H, m), 2.35-2.46 (IH, m), 3.58-3.85 (1H, m), 3.94-4.06 (1H, m), 5.31 and 5.53 (1H, s+s), 6.07 and 6.67 (IH, s+s), 6.90-7.42 (3H, m), 8.10-8.24 (IH, m), 8.58 and 8.71 (IH, s+s), 11.4 (IH, br. s).
Figure imgf000069_0002
Intermediate Compound 9: 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof 1 ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000069_0003
Step A: ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylate
Figure imgf000070_0001
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1 ,05 g, 4.65 mmol), 2 3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 1, 812 mg, 4.89 mmol) and KF (1.35 g, 23.3 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford ethyl 5-(2-(5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1.53 g, 93%) as a yellow solid, 1H -NMR (CDC13> Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.22-1.48 (3H, m), 2.01 -2.28 (3H, m), 2.24-2.61 (1H, m), 3.51 -4.20 (2H, m), 4.21 -4.40 (2H, m), 5.02 and 5,62 (1 H, s · s). 5.90 and 6,31 (l H, s+s), 7,20-7.50 (1H, m), 8, 10-8.45 (4H, m).
Step B: 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000070_0002
To a solution of ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1.53 g, 4.31 mmol) in EtOH (32 mL) and water (10 mL) was added LiOH (309 mg, 12.9 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HC1 until pH 5~6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-(2-(5-fluoropyndin-3- yl)pyrroiidiii-l -yl)pyrazoio[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3 -carboxylic acid (1.23 g, 87%) as a pale yellow solid. lH~NMR (DMSO- , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.19-2.20 (3H, ml 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 3 ,60- 3.82 (IH, m), 4.00-4.08 (IH, m), 5.25-5.48 (IH, m), 6.12 and 6.65 (IH, s+s), 7.66-7.80 (IH, m), 8.10-8.26 (IH, m), 8.40-8.80 (3H, m), 11.6 ( IH, br. s).
Preparation of Chemical Compounds 1-10
Figure imgf000071_0001
R= Me, Et, /-Pr, c-Pr, tBu
Example 9: Preparation of Chemical Compound 1; 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenynpyrrolidin- l-vI pvrazoIoil.5-alP¥rimidin-3-vI -5-njethvI-l,3„4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000071_0002
Step A: N'-acetyl-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000072_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8, 100 mg, 0.290 mmol) in DMF (2.0 rtiL) were added acetohydrazide (43.0 mg, 0.581 mmol), DIPEA (0.152 mL, 0.871 mmol), HATU (166 mg, 0,436 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S(>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford N'-acetyl-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (72,0 mg, 62%) as a white solid. lH-NMR (DMSO-ί β, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-1.92 (2H, m), 1.90-1.98 (1H, m), 2.10-2.16 (2H, m), 2.38- 2.48 (1H, m), 3.66-3.78 (1H, m), 5.35-5.37 (IH, m), 6.26-6.27 and 6.69-6.71 (lH, m), 7.02-7.34 (3H, m), 8.14-8.28 (1H, m), 8.61-8.68 (IH, m), 8.82-8.93 (IH, m), 9.78 and 10.0 (IH, s+s). * Two protons from NHNH were not observed. Step B: 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazole.
Figure imgf000072_0002
To a solution of N'-acetyl-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (40.0 mg, 0.100 mmol) in DCM (0.6 mL) was added pyridine (0.0180 mL, 0.220 mmol) at 0 °C, The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then triflic anhydride (0.0350 mL, 0.210 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc :=: 1 :3 to 1 :7) to afford 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-methyl- 1,3,4-oxadiazole (15.0 mg, 40%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.04- 2.25 (3H, ni), 2.43-2.56 (3H, m), 4.05-4.30 (2H, m), 5.20 and 5.70 (1H, s+s), 5.93 and 6.37 (1H, s+s), 6.74-6.83 (1H, m), 6.85-7.20 (2H, m), 7.52-7.54 and 7.67-7.71 (IH, m+m), 8.19-8.56 (2H, m). MS: 383.3 [MH+].
Figure imgf000073_0001
To a solution of N'-acetyl-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (63.0 mg, 0.157 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL) was added La wesson's reagent (70.0 mg, 0.173 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM only to DCM:MeOH = 10: 1) to afford 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazole (63.0 mg, 100%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2,04-2.30 (3H, m), 2.40-2.60 (IH, m), 2.32-2.94 (2H, m), 3.60-4,40 (3H, m), 5.22 and 5,66 (I H, s+s), 5,91 and 6.39 (IH, s+s), 6.65-7.18 (3H, m), 8.20-8.37 (IH, m), 8.50-8.60 (IH, m). MS : 399.3 ! Xi! l ]
Example 11 : Preparation of Chemical Com oun 3: 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenvQpyrrolidin- l-yl)pyrazo o[l,5-al pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-ethyl-l,3.4-o¾adiazole
Figure imgf000074_0001
Step A: tert-butyl 2-propionylhydrazinecarboxylate
H °
H
To a solution of tert-butyl hydrazinecarboxylate (3.00 g, 22.7 mmol), TEA (6.33 mL,
45.4 mmol) i DCM (51 mL) was added a solution of propionyi chloride (3.00 mL, 34.0 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hours and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with 1 N aq. HCl and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (Hex:EtOAc= 2: 1 to 1 : 1 ) to afford tert-butyl 2-propionylhydrazinecarboxylate (2.03 g, 47%) as a white solid. 'fl-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.47 (9H, s), 2.26 (2H, q, ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.66 (1H, br. s), 7.67 (1H, br. s).
Step B: propionohydrazide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000074_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-propionylhydrazinecarboxylate (615 mg, 3.27 mmol) in dioxane (11 mL) was added HCl (4 N in dioxane, 6.53 mL, 26. 1 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with ether. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford propionohydrazide hydrochloride (272 mg, 66%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H- NM (DMSO-iik, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1 ,00 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.20 (2H, q, J = 7.6 Hz), 1 0.4 (31 1. br. s), 11.0 (1H, br. s). Step C: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N'-propionylpyrazolo[l a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide.
Figure imgf000075_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8, 200 mg, 0.581 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added propionohydrazide hydrochloride (145 mg, 1 .16 mmol), DiPEA (0.406 mL, 2.32 mmol), HATU (331 mg, 0.871 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si()2 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5~ difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-propionylpyrazolo[ l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (177 mg, 73%) as a white solid. Ή- MR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.04- 2.28 (3H, m), 2.32-2.48 (2H, m), 2 48-2.5 H I ! I. m), 3.70-4.24 {11 1. m), 5.22 (0.71 1. d, J = 7.2 Hz), 5.50-5.56 10.31 L m), 5.92 (0.71 1, d, ./ 7.2 Hz), 6.30-6.38 (0.3 ! I. m), 6.72-7.09 (3H, m), 8.02- 8.12 (0. 1 1. m), 8.16 (0.71 1. d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.27-8.40 (I H, m), 9.13 (0.7H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 9.44- 9.52 ( 0.31 L m), 10.9 (IH, d. ./ 6.8 Hz).
Step D: 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- ethyl- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000075_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-propionylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50.0 mg, 0.121 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added pyridine (0.0220 mL, 0.278 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then triflic anhydride (0.0430 mL, 0.253 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiOa (Hex:EtOAc = 1 :2 to 1 : 3) to afford 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-ethyl- 1,3,4-oxadiazole (22.1 mg, 46%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.30- 1.50 (3H, m), 2.00-2.18 (3H, m), 2.40-2.62 (1H, m), 2.80-3.04 (2H, m), 3.66-4.26 (2H, m), 5.21 and 5,74 (1 H, s+s), 5,93 and 6.39 ( i l l. s+s), 6.72-7.6.80 (1H, ml 6.82-7.13 (2H, 111), 8.10-8.40 (2H, m). MS: 397,3 [MH+],
Figure imgf000076_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-propionylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50,0 mg, 0.121 mmol) in toluene (2.5 mL) was added Lawesson's reagent (54.0 mg, 0.133 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM only to DCM:MeOH = 50: 1) to afford 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[L5-a]pyrimidiii-3-yl)-5- ethyl~l,3,4~thiadiazole (32.8 mg, 65%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.37-1.52 (3H, m), 2.00-2.21 (3H, m), 2.42-2.64 (1H, m), 3.31-3.22 (2H, m), 3.36-4.20 (2H, m), 5.21 and 5.69 ( i l l. s+s), 5,90 and 6.26 (1H, s+s), 6.65-6,70 ( 1 1 1. m), 6.88-7.05 (2H, m), 8,20- 8.38 (1H, m), 8.52-8.63 (1H, m). MS: 413.3 [MH+].
Example 13; Preparation of Chemical Compound 5: 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyi)pyrroIidin- l-yI)pyrazoio|'l,5-alpyrimidin-3-yI)-5-isopropyl-l,3<4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000077_0001
Step A: tert-butyl 2-isobutyrylhydrazinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000077_0002
To a mixture of tert-butyl hydrazinecarboxylate (10.0 g, 76.0 mmol), TEA (21.1 mL, 151 mmol) in DCM (170 mL) was added a solution of isobutyryl chloride (12.1 g, 113 mmol) in DCM (34 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with 1 N aq. HCl and brine, dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc= 2: 1 to 1 : 1) to afford tert-butyl 2-isobutyrylhydrazinecarboxylate (14.0 g, 91%) as a white solid. Ή- MR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.20 (6H, d, J = 6,8 Hz), 1.47 (9H, s), 2,41-2.47 (IH, m), 6.63 (1H, br. s), 7.57 (1H, br, s).
Step B: isobut rohydrazide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000077_0003
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-isobutyrylhydrazinecarboxylate (14.0 g, 69.2 mmol) in dioxane (230 mL) was added HCl (4 N in dioxane, 104 mL, 415 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with ether. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford isobutyrohydrazide hydrochloride (8.78 g, 92%) as a pale yellow solid. lH- NMR (DMSO-ife, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.06 (6H, d, ./ 6.8 Hz), 2.52-2.59 (lH, m), 10.4 (3H, br. s), 11.1 (1H, br. s).
Step C: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000078_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8, 200 mg, 0.581 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added isobutyrohydrazide hydrochloride (161 mg, 1.1.6 mmol), DIPEA (0.406 mL, 2.32 mmol), HATU (331 mg, 0.871 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide ( 186 mg, 75%) as a pale yellow solid. ' i l-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.28 (6H, d, ./ 6.0 Hz), 2.52-2.19 (3H, m), 2,50-2.61 (2H, m), 3.71 -4.25 (2H, m), 5.22 (0.7H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 5.58-5.62 (0.3H, m), 5.92 (0.7H, d, J =;: 7.2 Hz), 6.30-6.38 (0.3H, m), 6.72-7.09 (3H, m), 8.02-8.12 (0.3! 1. m), 8. 19 (0.7! 1. d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 8.28-8.37 ( l ! L m), 9.02 (0.7H, d, 6.0 Hz), 9.52-9.60 (0.31 i. m), 10.9 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz).
Step D: 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyl-l,3,4-oxadiazole.
Figure imgf000079_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobutytylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (70,0 mg, 0.163 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added pyridine (0.0300 mL, 0.376 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 0 °C, and then trifiic anhydride (0.0580 mL, 0.343 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc ::= 1 :2 to 1 :3) to afford 2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- isoprop l-l,3,4-oxadiazole (39.0 mg, 58%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.28-1.52 (6H, m), 2.00-2.21 (2H, m), 2.40-2,60 (1H, m), 3.10-3.30 (1H, m), 3.50-4.18 (3H, m), 5.22 and 5.80 (1H, s+s), 5.91 and 6.39 (1H, s+s), 6.69-6.80 (IH, m), 6.85-7.12 (2H, m), 8.12-8.42 (2H, m). MS: 411.3 [MH+].
Example 14: Preparation of Chemical Compound 6; 2-(5-(2- 2,5-άΐΠυοΓορΗ6η·ν1)ρνΓΓθΗ<1-η- l-yDpyrazoioI'l^-alpyrimidin-S-yD-S-isopropyi-l^^-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000079_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (100 mg, 0.233 mmol) in toluene (4.6 mL) was added La wesson's Reagent (104 mg, 0.23 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred aatt 111100 °°CC ffoorr 22 hhoouurrss,, ccoooolleedd ttoo rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree aanndd ppaarrtitittiioonneedd bbeettwweeeenn wwaatteerr aanndd EEttOOAAcc.. TThhee sseeppaarraatteedd oorrggaanniicc llaayyeerr wwaass ddrriieedd oovveerr NNaa22SS0044,, ffiilltteerreedd aanndd ccoonncceennttrraatteedd iinn vvaaccuuoo.. TThhee rreessiidduuee wwaass ppuurriiffiieedd bbyy ccoolluummnn cchhrroommaattooggrraapphhyy oonn SSii0022 ((HHeexx:: EEttOOAAcc == 11 ::22 ttoo EEttOOAAcc oonnllyy)) ttoo aaffffoorrdd 22--((55--((22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll--yyll))ppyyrraazzoolloo[[ll,,55--aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinn--33--yyll))--55--iissoopprrooppyyll-- 11,,33,,44--tthhiiaaddiiaazzoollee ((6611..00 mmgg,, 6611%%)) aass aa wwhhiittee ssoolliidd.. 1H 'H--NNMMRR ((CCDDCC!! ::.. VVaannaann,, 440000 M MHHzz)):: δδ 11..3388-- 11..5588 ((66HH,, mm)),, 22..0011--22..2288 ( (33H1 i., mm)),, 22..4477--22..6600 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 33..4422--33..7755 ((22HH,, mm)),, 33..8855--44..2200 ((22HH,, mm)),, 55..2222 aanndd 55..7722 ((1IHH,, ss++ss)),, 55..9900 aanndd 66..3388 ((1IHH,, ss++ss)),, 66..6622--66..8800 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 66..8811--77..0022 ((22HH,, mm)),, 88..2200--88..3377 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 88..5500--88..6611 ((IIHH,, mm)).. MMSS:: 442277..33 [[MMHH++]]
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step A: tert-butyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)hydrazinecarboxylate
Figure imgf000080_0002
To a mixture of tert-butyl hydrazinecarboxyiate (3.00 g, 22.7 mmol), TEA (6.33 mL, 45.4 mmol) in DCM (51 mL) was added a solution of cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (3.10 mL, 34.0 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with 1 N aq. HCl and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (Hex:EtOAc = 2: 1 to 1 : 1) to afford tert-butyl 2- (cyclopropanecarbonyl)hydrazinecarboxylate (2.16 g, 47%) as a white solid. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 δ 0.81-0.84 (2H, m), 1.02-1.04 (2H, m), 1.45-1.52 (10H, m), 6.65 (IH, br. s), 7.95 (IH, br. s).
Step B: cyclopropanecarbohydrazide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000081_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)hydrazinecarboxylate (2.16 g, 10.8 mmol) in dioxane (36 mL) was added HQ (4 N in dioxane, 6.53 mL, 26.1 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with ether. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford cyclopropanecarbohydrazide hydrochloride (1.38 g, 94%) as a pale yellow solid. "!H-NMR (DMS()~£¾, Varian, 400 MHz): 6 0.77-0,88 (4H, m), 1.73-1.79 (IH, m), 10.5 (3H, br. s), 11.3 (IH, br. s).
Step C: N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide.
Figure imgf000081_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8, 200 mg, 0.581 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added cyclopropanecarbohydrazide hydrochloride (159 mg, 1.16 mmol), DIPEA (0.406 mL, 2,32 mmol), and HATU (331 mg, 0.871 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 100: 1 to 20: 1) to afford N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5- (2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (215 mg, 87%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 0.84-0.90 (2H, m), 1.09-0.1 5 (2H, m), 2.00-2.25 (3H, in), 2.48-2,61 (1H, m), 3.71-4.17 (3H, m), 5.22 (0.7H, d, J =;: 8.4 Hz), 5.50- 5.58 (0.3H, m). 5.91 (0.7! 1. ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.30-6.38 (0.3H, m), 6.71 -7.09 (2H, m), 8.18 (0.7! I. d, ./ 7.2 Hz), 8.52-8.62 (0.3H, m), 8.25-8.37 (2H, m), 9.04-9.46 (1H, m), 10.65-10.75 (1H, m). Step I): 2-cydopropyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidm-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyriniidm-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000082_0001
To a solution of N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (100 rag, 0.235 mmol) in DCM (1.5 ml.) was added pyridine (0.0440 mL, 0.539 mmol) at 0 °C, The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then triflic anhydride (0.0830 mL, 0.492 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na?S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc =;: 1 :3 to 1 :7) to afford 2-cyclopropyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4-oxadiazole (49.0 mg, 51 %) as a white solid. !H-NMR (CDCI3, Varum. 400 MHz): δ 1.00-1.18 (41 1. m), 2.01 -2.18 (4H, m), 2.32-2.61 (1H, m), 3.61- 4.20 (2H, m), 5.20 and 5.77 (IH, s+s), 5.92 and 6.39 (1H, s+s), 6.70-6.80 (IH, ni), 6.82-7.12 (2H, m), 8.12-8.37 (2H, m). MS: 409.3 [MH+].
Figure imgf000082_0002
Figure imgf000083_0001
To a solution of N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (80.0 ig, 0.188 mmol) in toluene (3.5 mL) was added Lawesson's reagent (76.0 mg, 0.188 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH := 10: 1 ) to afford 2-cyclopropyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin~3-yl)~l,3,4~thiadiazole (23.0 mg, 29%) as a white solid. ¾-NM (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): 6 0,88-0.95 (2H, m), 1.10-1.30 (2H, m), 2.01-2.25 (3H, m), 2.40-2,61 (2H, m), 3.61 - 3.67 (111, m), 3.82-4.10 (1H, m), 5.21 and 5.68 (1H, s+s), 5.90 and 6.37 ( I I I. s+s), 6.62-6.80 ( l i l. m), 6.83-7.02 ( 1 ! I. m), 7.04-7.12 ( I I I. m), 8.15-8.42 (1H, m), 8.50-8.61 (1H, m). MS: 425.3 [MET],
Example 17: Preparation of Chemical Compound 9: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyDpyrrolidin-l-yDpyrazoioll^-alpyrimidin-S-yD-lnS^-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000083_0002
Step A: tert-butyl 2-pivaloylhydrazinecarboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl hydrazinecarboxylate (5.00 g, 37.8 mmol), TEA (10.6 niL, 76.0 mmol) in DCM (85 mL) was added a solution of pivaloyl chloride (6.98 mL, 56.7 mmol) in DCM (85 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour and quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with DCM, washed with 1 N aq. HCl and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 ) to afford tert-butyl 2-pivaloylhydrazinecarboxylate (7.65 g, 93%) as a white solid, 1H-NMR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1 .25 (9H, s), 1.47 (9H, s), 6.48 (1H, br. s), 7.39 ( 1 1 1. br. s).
Step B: pivalohydrazide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000084_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-pivaloylhydrazinecarboxylate (7.65 g, 35.4 mmol) in dioxane (118 mL) was added HCl (4 N in dioxane, 70 mL, 283 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with ether. A predipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (5.06 g, 94%) as a pale yellow solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-<:¾, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.17 (9H, s), 10,3 (3H, br. s), 10.8 (1H, br. s). Step C: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-
3 -carbohy drazi de
Figure imgf000084_0003
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8, 441 mg, 1.28 mmol) in DMF (8.5 mL) were added pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (391 mg, 2.56 mmol), DIPEA (0.895 mL, 5.12 mmol), HATU (730 mg, 1.92 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight poured into water and stirred additional 30 min at room temperature. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-(2-(2,5- difluoropheny^pyrrolidin-l-y^-N-pivaloylpyrazolofljS-alpyrimidine-S-carbohydrazide (454 mg, 80%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-ife, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.19 (9H, s), 1.81-2.15 (31 1. m), 2.45-2.50 (1H, m), 3.65-3.72 ( i l l. m), 4.00-4.08 ( I I I. m), 5.36-5.42 (1H, m), 6.70 ( i l l. d, J = 8,0 Hz), 6.95-7.1 1 (3H, m), 8.23 (IH, s), 8.55 (IH, s), 8,83 ( H, d, J = 8,0 Hz), 9.53 (IH, s).
Step D: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 ~yl)~ 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000085_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (651 mg, 1.47 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added pyridine (0.274 mL, 3.38 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then triflic anhydride (0.522 mL, 3.09 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 :3 to 1 :4) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazole (402 mg, 64%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSG-<:¾, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.27 and 1.44 (9H, s+s), 1 .82-2, 1 8 (3H, m), 2.32-2.44 (1 H, m), 3,54-3.90 (IH, m), 4.00-4,08 (1 H, m), 5.32-5,38 (0.3H, m), 5,67 (0.7H, d, J = 7,6 Hz), 6.06-6.12 (0.3H, m), 6.71 (0.7H, d, ./ 8.0 Hz), 6.88-7.38 (3H, m), 8.32-8.42 (1H, m), 8.58-8.65 (0.3H, m), 8.84 (0.7H, d, J = 8.0 Hz). MS: 425.3 j.
Figure imgf000086_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[ l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50.0 mg, 0.113 mmol) in diglyme (2.2 mL) were added P S10 (100 mg, 0.226 mmol) and Na2C03 (48.0 mg, 0.452 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer owas dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 10: 1) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidm-3-yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole (30.0 mg, 60%) as a white solid. MS: 441.4 [MH+j.
Figure imgf000086_0002
Figure imgf000087_0001
Example 19: Preparation of Chemical Compou d 11: -fS-d-fS-flnoropyridin-S- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-alpyrimidin-3-ylV5-methyl-l,3<4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000087_0002
Step A: N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3 -carbohy drazi de
Figure imgf000087_0003
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9, 200 mg, 0.611 mmol) in DMF (4.0 inL) were added acetohydrazide (91.0 mg, 1.22 mmol), DIPEA (0.320 mL, 283 mmol), and HATU (349 mg, 0.917 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (168 mg, 71%) as a white solid. JH-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.00-2.15 (5H, m), 2.50-2.63 (IH, m), 3.68-4.30 (2H, m), 5.06 and 5.30 ( i l l. s+s), 5.68 and 6.39 ( i l l. s+s), 7.10-7.40 (IH, m), 8.20-9.04 (41 1. m), 9.84 and 10.8 (IH, s+s). * Two protons from NHNH were not observed.
Step B: 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000088_0001
To a solution of N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50.0 mg, 0.130 mmol) in diglyme (2.6 mL) were added P4S10 (116 mg, 0.261 mmol) and Na2C03 (55.0 mg, 0.522 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C overnight cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (EtO Ac:MeOH = 100: 1 to 10: 1) to afford 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- methyl-1 ,3,4-thiadiazole (36.0 mg, 72%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.00-2.30 (3H, m), 2.50-2.80 (4H, m), 3,62-4.12 (2H, m), 5,01 and 5.49 (I H, s+s), 5.90 and 6.68 (IH, s+s), 7.20-2.26 (I H, m), 8.29-8.62 (4H, m). MS: 382.3 ]
Example 20; Preparation of Chemical Compound 12: 2-ethyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3- yg)pyrroIidm-l-Yl)pyr¾zogojl,5-¾lpyr¾midHi-3-vI)-l,3.l4-t iadi¾¾oIe
Figure imgf000089_0001
Step A: N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000089_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9, 200 mg, 0.611 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added propionohydrazide hydrochloride (152 mg, 1.22 mmol), DIPEA (0.320 mL, 283 mmol) and HATU (349 mg, 0.917 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford N'-acetyl-5-(2-(5- fluoropyridin-3 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ ,5-a]pyrimidine-3 -carbohydrazide ( 68 mg, 71 %) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDC , Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.00-2.28 (3H, m), 2.32-2.45 (3H, m), 2.50-2.67 (1H, m), 3.73-4.26 (2H, m), 5.07 and 5.72 (1H, s+s), 5.71 and 5.90 ( H i., s+s), 7,21-7.40 ( H I. m), 8.19-9.04 (4H, m), 9.96 and 10.84 ( H i. s+s).
Step B: 2-eihyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-
3-yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000090_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pro^
a]pynmidme-3-carbohydrazide (50,0 mg, 0.126 mmol) in diglyme (2.6 ml.) were added P4S10 (112 mg, 0.252 mmol) and Na2C03 (53.0 mg, 0.503 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH = 50: 1 to 10: 1) to afford 2-e1hyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-3- yl)-l ,3,4~thiadiazole (36.0 mg, 72%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.40-1.52 (3H, m), 2.00-2.23 (3H, m), 2.52-2.65 (1H, m), 3.05-3.20 (2H, m), 3.60-3.80 (2H, m), 5.08 and 5.52 (1H, s+s), 5.88 and 6.38 (IH, s+s), 7.24-7.26 (1H, m), 8.30-8.60 (411, m). MS: 396.3 [ΜΪ-Γ],
Example 21; Preparation of Chemical Compound 13: 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridiii-3- yl)pyrrolidm-l-yl)pyrazolo|l,5-a1pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-isopropyl-l,3^4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000090_0002
Step A: 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l ,
,]pynmidme-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000091_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9, 200 mg, 0.61 J mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added isobutyrohydrazide hydrochloride (161 mg, 1.22 mmol), DIPEA (0.427 mL, 2.44 mmol) and HATU (349 mg, 0.9 7 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mi a A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (208 mg, 83%) as a pale yellow solid, 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.26-1.39 (6H, m), 2.00-2,26 (3H, m), 2.50-2.62 (2H, m), 3.70-4,26 (2H, m), 5.06 and 5.32 (1H, s+s), 5,76 (0.3H, s), 6,39 (0.7H, d, ,/ 8.0 Hz), 7.26-7,52 (1 H, m), 8.24-8.90 (5H, m), 10.06 and 10.85 (1 H, s+s).
Step B: 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyl- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazofe
Figure imgf000091_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrroHdin-l-yl)-N'-isobutyr\dpyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50.0 mg, 0.122 mmol) in diglyme (2.6 mL) were added P4S10 (108 mg, 0.243 mmol) and Na2C03 (52.0 mg, 0.486 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C overnight, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (EtOAciMeOH ::= 100: 1 to 20: 1) to afford 2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyi- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole (37.0 nig, 74%) as a white solid. lH-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.35-1.70 (71 1. m), 2.00-2.28 (3H, m), 2.52-2.67 (1H, m), 3.38-3.57 (1H, m), 3.61-3.80 (1H, m), 3.87-4.17 (1H, m), 5.08 and 5.51 (1H, s+s), 5.84 and 6.38 (1H, s+s), 7.22-7.26 ( i l l. m), 8.29-8.40 (1H, m), 8.42 (lH,s), 8.55 (1H, s). MS: 410.3 [MET].
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step A: N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboh razide
Figure imgf000092_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9, 200 mg, 0.611 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) were added cyclopropanecarbohydrazide hydrochloride (167 mg, 1.22 mmol), DIPEA (0.427 mL, 2.44 mmol) and ELATU (349 mg, 0.917 mmol) at room, temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford N'- (cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbohydrazide (196 mg, 78%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 0.80-0.98 (2H, m), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.50-1.55 (IH, m), 1.97-2.27 (3H, m), 2.47-2.61 (IH, m), 3.60-4.30 (2H, m), 5.06 and 5.66 (IH, s+s), 5.88 and 6.39 (IH, s+s), 7.02-7.33 (1H, in), 8.24- 8.36 (4H, m), 8.74 and 9.21 ( i l l. s+s), 9.94 and 10.71 ( i l l. s+s).
Step B: 2-cyclopropyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000093_0001
To a solution of N'-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (50,0 mg, 0, 122 mmol) in diglyme (2,6 rtiL) were added P4S10 (109 mg, 0.244 mmol) and Na2C03 (52.0 mg, 0.488 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH = 100: 1 to 20: 1) to afford 2-cyclopropyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole (33.0 mg, 66%) as a white solid. Ί-Ϊ-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 0.94-1.17 (2H, m), 1.17-1.31 (2H, m), 2.04-2.28 (3H, m), 2.37-2,48 (1H, m), 2.52-2.68 (IH, m), 3.50-4.17 (3H, m), 5.07 and 5.58 (1H, s+s), 5.90 and 6.37 (IH, s+s), 7.22 (IH, d, ./ 7.2 Hz), 8.30-8.40 (IH, m), 8.43 (IH, s), 8.48-5.56 (IH, m). MS: 408.3 [MH+],
Figure imgf000093_0002
Figure imgf000094_0001
A: 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000094_0002
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9, 316 mg, 0.965 mmol) in DMF (6.4 inL) were added pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (442 mg, 290 mmol), DIPEA (0.674 mL, 3.86 mmol) and HATU (551 mg, 1.45 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (362 mg, 88%) as a white solid. !H- NMR (DMSO-de, V'arian, 400 MHz): δ 1.20 (9H, s), 1.80-2.10 (31 i. m), 2.40-2.50 ( i l l. m), 3.62- 3.82 ( i l l. m), 4.00-4.10 ( "i l l. m), 5.36 (0.7H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.17 (0. 1 1. d, ./ 8.4 Hz), 6.71 (0.7H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.65 (0.3H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 7.4 Hz), 8.13 and 8.22 (1H, s+s), 8.28 and 8.43 (1H, s+s), 8.36 and 8.50 (IH, s+s), 8,64 (0.3H, d, J = 12 Hz), 8,83 (0.7H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 8,79 ( H i. s), 9.55 and 9.80 ( 1 1 1. s+s).
Step B: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000095_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (100 nig, 0.235 mmol) in digiyme (4.7 niL) were added P4S10 (209 nig, 0.470 mmol) and Na2CC>3 (100 nig, 0.940 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole (34,0 mg, 34%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-i/6, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.42 and 1.48 (9H, s+s), 1.90-2.07 (3H, m), 2.40-2,50 (1H, m), 3,69 (1H, q, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.00- 4.18 (1H, m), 5.35 (0.2H, s), 5,46 (0.8 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6, 18 (0.21 1. s), 6.71 (0.8 H, d, J = 8,0 Hz), 7,69 ( I I I. d, J ==10.0 Hz), 8,38-8.40 (2H, m), 8,48 ( ! ! !. s). 8.83 ( 1 1 1. d, 1 7.6 Hz), MS: 424,4 ! Xi! l ]
Example 24; Preparation of Chemical Compound 16; 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin- 3-ynpyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazo o[l,5-alpyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3^4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000095_0002
A mixture of 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (60.0 mg, 0. 141 mmol) and POCI3 (0.394 mL, 4.23 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and DCM. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 50: 1 to 30: 1) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazole (38.0 mg, 66%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-< , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.27 and 1.44 (9H, s+s), 1.89- 2.21 (3H, m), 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 3.61-3.88 (1H, m), 3.93-4.11 ( 1 H. m), 5.32 (0.3H, s), 5.55 (0.7 I I. d. ./ 8.0 Hz), 6.18 (0.3! I. s), 6.70 (0.7 H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J =9.2 Hz), 8.34-8.45 (3H, m), 8.64-8.83 (1H, m). MS: 408.4 [ Mi l I
Figure imgf000096_0001
Intermediate Compound 10: (R)-5-(2-(2, 5-difluorophenyi)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5- ajpyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000096_0002
Step A: Ethyl (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine earboxylate
Figure imgf000096_0003
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1.30 g, 5.76 mmol), (R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 5, 1.13 g, 6.6 mmol) and KF ( 1.67 g, 28.8 mmol) in DMSO (19 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford ethyl (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylate (2.1 1 g, 98%) as a yellow solid. MS: 372.90 [MET]
Step B: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yi)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000097_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylate (2.11 g, 5.68 mmol) in EtOH (42 mL) and water (14 mL) was added LiOH (408 mg, 17.0 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HC1 until pH 5~6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (1.92 g, 98%) as a pale yellow solid. ¾H~NMR (DMSO-£¾, Varian, 400 Mi l/): δ 1.92-2.04 (3H, m), 2,33-2.60 (1H, br. s), 3,64 (0.5H, br, s), 3.77 (0.5H, br. s), 4.00 (1H, br, s), 5.32 (0.5H, s), 5.53 (0.5H, s), 6,07 (0.5H, s), 6.67 (0.5H, s), 6.99-7.33 (3H, m), 8.15-8.19 (1 H, m), 8.59 and 8.77 ( H i. s+s), 1 1.45 ( I I I. s).
Example 26; Preparation of Intermediate Compound 11
Figure imgf000098_0001
intermediate Compound 1 1 : (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000098_0002
Step A: (R)-ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000098_0003
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[ l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxyiate (5.70 g, 25.3 mmol),
(R)-3-fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 4, 4.37 g, 26.3 mmol) and KF (7.34 g, 126 mmol) in DMSO (1 5 rtiL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc :=: 1 :3 to 1 :4) to afford (R)-ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylate (6.42 g, 71%) as a pale yellow solid, 1H-NMR (D SO-ifc, Variati, 400 MHz: δ 1.17- 1.30 (3H, m), 1.91 -2.09 (3H, m), 2.40-2,50 (l H, m), 3.61 -3.82 (1 H, m), 3 ,94-4.08 (1H, m), 4.09- 4.29 (21 L m), 5.24-5.34 (0.3H, m), 5.35-5.48 (0.7H, m), 6.10-6.19 (0.3H, m), 6.65-6.71 (0.7! 1. m), 7.60-7.74 (I H, m), 8.12-8.24 (1H, m), 8.36-8.54 (2H, m), 8.55-8.65 (0.3H, m), 8.70-8.81 (0.7H, m). Step B: (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- car boxy lie acid
Figure imgf000099_0001
TToo aa ssoolluuttiioonn ooff ((RR))--eetthhyyll 55--((22--((55--fflluuoorrooppyyririddiinn--33--yyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll --yyll))ppyyrraazzoollooff ll,,55-- aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinnee--33--ccaarrbbooxxyyllaattee ((66..5566 gg,, 188..44 mmmmooll)) iinn EEttOOHH ((7700 m mLL)) aanndd wwaatteerr ((2233 m mLL)) wwaass aaddddeedd L LiiOOHH ((11 ..3333 gg,, 5555..44 mmmmooll)) aatt 00 °°CC.. TThhee rreeaaccttiioonn mmiixxttuurree wwaass hheeaatteedd aatt 9900 °°CC ffoorr 55 hhoouurrss aanndd ccoooolleedd ttoo rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree.. AAfftteerr eevvaappoorraatitioonn ooff EEttOOHH,, tthhee rreessiidduuee wwaass aacciiddiiffiieedd wwiitthh 22 NN aaqq.. HHCC11 uunnttiill ppHH 55--66,, aanndd tthheenn eexxttrraacctteedd wwiitthh EEttOOAAcc ttwwiiccee.. TThhee ccoommbbiinneedd oorrggaanniicc llaayyeerrss wweerree wwaasshheedd wwiitthh bbrriinnee,, ddrriieedd oovveerr NNaa22SS0044,, ffiilltteerreedd aanndd ccoonncceennttrraatteedd iinn vvaaccuuoo ttoo aaffffoorrdd ((RR))--55--((22--((55-- fflluuoorrooppyyrriiddiinn--33--yyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll --yyll))ppyyrraazzoolloo[[ll ,,55--aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinnee--33--ccaarrbbooxxyylliicc aacciidd ((55..8800 gg,, 9966%%)) aass aa ppaallee yyeellllooww ssoolliidd.. ΉΉ--NNMMRR ((DDMMSSOO--ddee,, VV''aarriiaann,, 440000 MMHHzz)):: δδ 11..8899--22..2200 ((33HH,, mm)),, 22..4400--22..5500 ( (IIHH,, mm)),, 33..6611--33..8822 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 33..9922--44..0088 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 55..2244--55..4488 ( (1i Hl l,. mm)),, 66..1122 aanndd 66..6633 ( (Ii Hl l., ss++ss)),, 77..5566--77..7788 ( (IHHI., mm)),, 88..4466 ( (I1 H1 1,. ss)),, 88..3322--88..7788 ( (33H1 i., mm)),, 1111..5544 ( (II HI I., ss))..
Figure imgf000099_0002
Intermediate Compound 12: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step A: pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-5-
Figure imgf000100_0002
A solution of sodium metal (11.1 g, 481 mmol) in EtOH (344 mL) was added 1H- pyrazol-3 -amine (20.0 g, 241 mmol) and l,3-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione (35.4 g, 253 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and cooled to room temperature. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with cold EtOH and dried under vacuum to afford pyrazoio[l,5-a]pynmidin-5-ol (36.0 g, >99%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO- , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 5.35 (1H, d. ./ 1.6 Hz), 5.63 (IH, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.43 (1H, d, J= 1.6 Hz), 7.97 (1H, d, J= 7.2 Hz). * A proton from OH was not observed.
Step B: 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000100_0003
A mixture of pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-5-ol (32.0 g, 237 mmol) and POCI3 (177 mL, 1.89 mol) was refluxed for 3 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated aq. Nai 1( 0 :. dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (14.1 g, 38%) as a yellow solid, 1H-NMR (DMSO- >, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 6,73 (IH, dd, J = 2,0, 0.8 Hz), 7, 14 (IH, d, ./ 7.2 Hz), 8,29 (IH, d, J= 2,4 Hz), 9.19 (IH, dd, 7.2, 0.8 Hz),
Step C: 5-chloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000101_0001
To a solution of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (14.1 g, 92.0 mmol) in DMF (184 ttiL) was added POCH (21.4 mL, 230 rnmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then quenched with ice. The mixture was neutralized with 1 N aq. NaOH. A precipitated yellow solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (15.1 g, 90%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSQ-tfe Varum. 400 MHz): δ 7.50 ( I I I. d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.76 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, d, ./ 7.2 Hz), 10.09 (1H, s). Step D: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000101_0002
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (4.70 g, 25.9 mmol), (R)-2-(2,5-difluoropheyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 5, 5.07 g, 27.7 mmol) and KF (7.52 g, 129 mmol) in DMSO (86 mL) was heated at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM;MeOH := 20: 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pynmidine-3-carbaldehyde (8,50 g, 100%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): 5 1.90-2.28 (3H, m), 2.38-2.60 (lH, m), 3.60-4.18 (2H, m), 5.14-5.28 (0.6H, m), 5.54- 5.72 (0.4H, m), 5.84-6.02 (0.6! 1. m), 6.35-6.46 (0.4H, m), 6.68-6.78 (1H, m), 6.82-7.20 (2H, m), 8.10-8.36 (2H, m), 9.77 and 10.1 1 (1H, s+s).
Example 28: Preparation of Chemical Compound 17
Figure imgf000102_0001
Chemical Compound 17: (R)-2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl -5-isopropyl-l ,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000102_0002
Step A: (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobutyrylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000102_0003
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 11, 5.65 g, 17.3 mmol) in DMF (115 mL) were added isobutyrohydrazide hydrochloride (4.78 g, 34.5 mmol), DIPEA (12.1 mL, 69.0 mmol) and HATU (13.1 mg, 34.5 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO_}, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford (R)~5~ (2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-isobu1yrylpyrazolori,5-alpynmidine-3- carbohydrazide (6.14 g, 86%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-i 6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.03- 1.42 (6H, m), 1.80-2.10 (3H, m), 3.66-3.81 (IH, m), 4.00-4.15 (1H, m), 5.36 (0.3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 5.43 (0.7! !. d, ./ 6.8 Hz), 6.17 (0.3H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.71 (0.7H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 7.53 (0.7H, d, J = 9.6 Hz), 7.65 (0.3H, d, J= 10.0 Hz), 8.14 and 8.23 (IH, s+s), 8.29 and 8.43 (1H, s+s), 8.36 and 8.50 (IH, s+s), 8.64 (0.3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.83 (0.7H, d, ./ 8.0 Hz), 9.08 (0.7H, d. 2.8 Hz), 9.92 (0.3H, s), 10.10 (0.7H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 10.44 (0.3H, s). * Two protons from NHNH were not observed.
Step B: (R)-2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 5-isopropyl-l,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000103_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N!- isobutyrylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (5.20 g, 12.6 mmol) in THF (250 niL) were added La wesson's reagent (10.2 g, 25.3 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 50: 1) to afford (R)-2-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- isopropyi-l,3,4-thiadiazole (1.88 g, 36%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-^e, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.34-1,38 (6H, m), 1 ,87-2.10 (3H, m), 3.35-3.85 (IH, m), 3.66-3.75 (IH, m), 4.03-4, 12 (IH, m), 5.35 (0.2! !. d, J = 6,4 Hz), 5.44 (0 8! !. d, J = 6.8 Hz), 6.17 (0.2H, s), 6.71 (0.8H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.70 ( H, d, J = 9,2 Hz), 8.35-8.44 (2H, m), 8,45-5.57 (2H, m), 8.64 (0.2! !. s), 8,83 (0.8H, d, J= 8.0 Hz). MS: 410.4 [MH+],
Figure imgf000104_0001
Chemical Compound 18: (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ 1,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(piperazin-l-yl)-l ,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000104_0002
Step A: (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1 ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine
Figure imgf000104_0003
To a solution of hydrazinecarboxamide hydrochloride (85,0 rag, 0,761 mmol) and sodium acetate (62.0 nig, 0.761 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) was added a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (Intermediate 12, 250 mg, 0.761 mmol) in MeOH (1.5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in dioxan (7.7 mL). After addition of K2CO3 (316 mg, 2.28 mmol) followed by iodine (232 mg, 0.914 mmol), the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature, and then quenched with 5% aq. Na2S2C>3. The mixture was extracted with DCM-'MeQH (10: 1, 10 mL X 4). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH = 50: 1 to 25: 1) to afford (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine (179 mg, 61%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSG-<i6, Varian, 400 Mi l/)- δ 1 ,80-2.05 (3H, m), 2.35-2,55 (1H, ml 3.50-3,80 ( I I I. m), 3.90-4.05 ( H i. m), 5.30 and 5.54 ( H I. s+s), 6.05-6.67 (1H, m), 6.68-7.38 (4H, m), 8.00-8.18 ( I I I. m), 8.50-8.80 ( 1 1 1. m). Step B: (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)~ 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000105_0001
To a solution of copper(ii) bromide (125 mg, 0.560 mmol) and tert-butyl nitrite (0,0670 mL, 0.560 mmol) in CH3CN (1.9 mL) was added a solution of (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine (179 mg, 0.467 mmol) in CTI3CN (3.8 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 2: 1 to 1 : 1) to afford (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole (72.0 mg, 34%) as pale yellow solid. JH- NMR (DMSO- , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.05 (3H, m), 2.35-2.50 (IH, m), 3.60-3.88 (IH, m), 3.96-4.08 (IH, m). 5.36 and 5.53 (IH, s+s), 6.12 and 6.69 ( I I I. s+s), 6.90-7.40 (3H, m), 8.33- 8.40 (IH, m), 8.62-8.82 (IH, m).
Step C: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a solution of (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole (72.0 ig, 0.161 mmol) and tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (60.0 rng, 0.322 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) were added DIPEA (0.0840 mL, 0,483 mmol) and DMAP (20.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 7 hours and poured into H20. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc :=: 1 :3 to 1 :9) to afford (R) -tert- butyl 4-(5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4- oxadiazol-2-yl)piperazine-l -carboxyiate (58.0 mg, 65%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMS()-i¾, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.80-2.10 (3H, m), 2.30-2.45 ( H, m), 2.95-3.08 (IH, m), 3.20-3.63 (4H, m), 3.40-3.51 (3H, m), 3.52-3.88 (IH, m), 3.98-4.08 (IH, m), 5.39 and 5.69 (IH, s+s), 6.14 and 6.66 ( H, s+s), 6.82-7.40 (3H, m), 8.20-8.30 (IH, m), 8.55-5.88 ( H, m). Step D: (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-
5-(piperazm-l -yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 4-(5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (58.0 nig, 0.105 mmol) in DCM (0.70 mL) was added TFA (0.162 mL, 2.10 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, basified with saturated aq. NaHCOs, washed with brme, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography in Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 30: 1 to 4: 1) to afford the (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5- diiluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yr)pyrazolo[ l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(pipera
oxadiazoie (29.0 mg, 61%) pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-</6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.82-2.08 (4H, m), 2.30-2.45 (IH, m), 2.74-2.90 (4H, m), 3.10-3.28 (3H, m), 3.36-3.45 (1H, m), 3.52-3.84 ( I I I. m), 3.96-4.06 (IH, m), 5.29 and 5.61 ( H I. s+s), 6.06 and 6.66 ( I I I. s+s), 6.90- 7.40 (3H, m), 8.20-8.30 (IH, m), 8.55-8.80 (IH, m). MS: 453.2 | MH ' |.
Figure imgf000107_0002
Chemical Compound 19: (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyr)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo l,5- a]pyrimidin-3- l)-5-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000108_0001
Step A: (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-
1,3, 4- thiadiazo 1 -2-amine
Figure imgf000108_0002
To a mixture of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 10, 1.00 g, 2.90 mmol) and hydrazinecarbothioamide (265 mg, 2.90 mmol) was added POCI3 (1 .08 mL, 1 1.6 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 3 hours in sealed tube while built up pressure was released every hour. After bemg cooled to 0 °C, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried over vacuum afford to (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine (1.16 g, >99%) as a pale yellow solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. Ή-NMR (DMSO-<¾, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.85-2.20 (3H, m), 2.45-2.55 ( I ! !, m), 3.50-3.75 (4H, m), 5.38 (0.5H, d, 8.0 Hz), 5.50 (0.5H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.15 (0.5H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 6.73 (0.5H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 6.95-7.30 (2H, m), 7.33-7.39 (1H, m), 8.37 and 8.49 (IH, s+s), 8.72 (0.5H, d, ./ 6.0 Hz), 8.92 (0.5H, d. 7.6 Hz). 9.36 ( 1 H. br. s). Step B: (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof 1 ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000109_0001
To a solution of CuBr2 (777 mg, 3.48 mmol) and tert-butyl nitrite (4.14 mL, 3.48 mmol) in CH3CN (9.6 mL) was added a solution of (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine (1.15 g, 2.90 mmol) in CH3CN (19 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 2: 1 to 1 :2) to afford (R)-2-bromo-5- (5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-y (586 mg, 43%) as a pale yellow solid. !H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.14-2, 18 (3H, m), 2.46-2.56 (1H, m), 3.63-3.82 (1H, m), 4.03-4.07 (1H, m), 5.36 (0.3 H, d, J = 8.4 H), 5.46 (0.7H, d. J = 8.4), 6.37 (0.3H, d. J = 12 Hz), 6,72 (0.7H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6,95-7.40 (3H, m), 8.40 and 8.50 (1H, s+s), 8,66 (0.3H, d , J= 7,2 Hz), 8.85 (0.7H, d, J= 7.6 Hz),
Step C: (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 5-(l.H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole
Figure imgf000109_0002
A mixture of (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof 1,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole (100 mg, 0.216 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (127 mg, 0.432 mmol), K3PO4 (137 mg, 0.648 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (35.0 mg, 0.043 mmol) in dioxane (1.9 mL) and water (0.21 mL) was degassed with N2 gas. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 hours in a sealed tube. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through a silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (DCM:MeOH = 50: 1 to 15: 1) to afford the (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l ,3,4- thiadiazole (14.0 mg, 14%) as a white solid. MS: 451.2 j X il l |
Figure imgf000110_0001
A mixture of (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole (100 mg, 0.216 mmol), lH-pyrazol-3-ylboronic acid (48.0 mg, 0.432 mmol), K3PO4 (137 nig, 0.648 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (35.0 mg, 0.043 mmol) in dioxane (1.9 mL) and water (0.21 mL) was degassed with N2 gas. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 hours in a sealed tube. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through a silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 50: 1 to 15: 1) to afford the (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5~difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-l ,3,4-thiadiazole (16.0 mg, 16%) as a white solid. MS: 451.2 [ Mi l j c 21; (R)-N-(5-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazoIo[l,5-alpyrimidiii-3-yl)-l,3<4-thiadiazol-2-
Figure imgf000111_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine (50,0 mg, 0, 125 mmol) in DMF (0,20 mL) were added TEA (0,0130 mL) followed by benzol y chloride (0,01 50 mL, 0.125 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 8 hours at room temperature and then treated with water. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The solid was purified by column chromatography in Si02 (HexiEtOAc ==: 1 :4 to 1 :5) to afford (R)-N-(5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ T ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4- thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide (23,0 mg, 36%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: 504,3 [MET].
Figure imgf000111_0002
Chemical Compound 22: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4- yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000112_0001
To a solution of (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole (89.0 mg, 0.192 mmol) and piperazme (41.0 mg, 0.480 mmol) in DMF (2.4 mL) was added DIPEA (0.0840 mL, 0.480 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature and poured into water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried under Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to MeOH only) to afford (R)-2-(5-(2- (2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[^^
thiadiazole (12.0 mg, 13%) as a yellow solid. MS: 469.3 [MH+],
Figure imgf000112_0002
To a solution of (R)-2-bromo-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-thiadiazole (100 mg, 0.216 mmol) and 1,4-diazepane (43.0 mg, 0.432 mmol) in DMF (2.7 mL) was added DIPEA (0.113 mL, 0.648 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature and poured into water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried under Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to MeOH only) to afford { R)-2-( i .4- diazepan-l-yl)-5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrroH
thiadiazole (16.0 mg, 15%) as a yellow solid. MS: 483.3 [MET].
Figure imgf000113_0001
Chemical Compound 24: (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(piperidin-4-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000113_0002
Step A: tert-butyl 4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000113_0003
To a solution of 1-tert-butyl 4-ethyl piperidine-l,4-dicarboxylate (2.00 g, 7.77 mmol) in EtOH (26 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (5.84 g, 117 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM, washed with water 3 times and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert- butyl 4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l- earboxylate (985 mg, 52%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (CDC13, Variaii, 400 MHz): δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.58-1.70 (2H, m), 1.73-1.85 (2H, m), 2.19-2.26 (1H, m), 2.27 (2H, br. s), 3.90 (2H, s), 4.15 (2H, br. s), 6.99 (1H, s).
Step B: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbonyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000114_0001
c To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l.,5-a]pyrimidine-
3-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 10, 200 mg, 0.581 mmol) in DMF (3.8 mL) were added tert- butyl 4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (212 mg, 0.871 mmol), DIPEA (0.304 mL, 1.74 mmol), HATU (331 mg, 0.871 mmol) at room temperature, The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4C1 and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to give the (R)-tert-butyl 4-(2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbonyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (265 mg, 80%) as a white solid. MS: 569.90 [MH+], (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5- (piperidin-4-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000115_0001
To a solution of (R)-tert- butyl 4-(2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carbox 'late (90.0 mg, 0.158 mmol) in DCM (1.0 niL) was added pyridine (0.0290 mL, 0.363 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and triflic anhydride (0.0560 mL, 0.332 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 5: 1) to afford (R)-2-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(piperidin-4-yl)-l,3,4- oxadiazole (31.0 mg, 43%) as a yellow solid. lH-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.28 (41 1. m), 2.30-2.62 (4H, m), 3.13-3.33 (2H, m), 3.35-3.74 (4H, m), 3.82-4.22 (2H, m), 5.21 and 5.76 (1H, s+s), 5.93 and 6.42 (1H, s+s), 6.65-6.80 (1H, m), 6.58-7.15 (2H, m), 8.19-8.38 (2H, m).
Figure imgf000115_0002
Figure imgf000116_0001
To a solution of (R)-iert-hutyl 4-(2-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (90.0 mg, 0.158 mmol) in diglyme (3.1 niL) were added P4S10 (140 mg, 0.316 mmol) and Na2C03 (67.0 mg, 0.632 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 10: 1) to afford (R)-2-(5-(2- (2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-5-(piperidin-4-yl)-l,3,4- thiadiazole (49.0 mg, 66%) as a yellow solid.. MS: 468.2 [MET].
Figure imgf000116_0002
Chenncal Compound 26: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4- fluoropyrrolidin-1 -yl)pyraz lo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l ,3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000117_0001
Step A: (RVethyl 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pynmidine-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000117_0002
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.443 mmol), (2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (Intermediate 6, 94.0 mg, 0.465 mmol) and KF (129 mg, 2.21 mmol) in DMSO (1.5 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford (RVethyl 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (161 mg, 93%) as a pale yellow foam. 1H-NMR {DMSO-i/,.. Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.16-1.30 (3H, m), 2.10-2.34 ( i l l. m), 2.73-2.95 ( 1 1 1. m), 4.00- 4.30 (3H, m), 4.52 and 5.47 (1H, s+s), 5.49-5.67 (2H, m), 6.11 and 6.74 (1H, s+s), 7.12-7.40 (3H, m), 8.15-8.30 ( H i. m), 8.60-8.82 (1H, m). Step B: 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000118_0001
To a solution of ethyl 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (161 mg, 0.412 mmol) in EtOH (3.0 ml.) and water (1.0 mL) was added LiOH (30.0 mg, 1.24 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HQ until pH 5-6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid (107 mg, 72%) as a white solid. . 1H-NMR (DMSO-i/6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.93-2.37 (1H, m), 2.70-2.95 (1H, m), 3.94-4.60 (2H, m), 5.35-5.68 (2H, m), 6.1 1 and 6.71 (1H, s+s), 7.00-7.40 (3H, m), 8.17 (1 H, s), 8.60-6.82 (1H, m), 11.60 (1H, br. s).
Step C: 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -y 1)-N'- aloylpyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyi"imidine-3-c "bohydrazide
Figure imgf000118_0002
To a solution of 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (107 mg, 0.295 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml.) were added pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (135 mg, 0.886 mmol), DIPEA (0.206 mL, 1.18 mmol) and HATU (168 mg, 0.443 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpy (101 mg, 74%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-6f6, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.17-1.26 (9H, m), 2.10-2.30 (IH, m), 2.78-2.95 (IH, m), 4.10-4.38 (2H, m), 5.35-5.67 (2H, m), 6.14 (0.3H, s), 6.76 (0.71 1, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 7.02-7.40 (3H, m), 8.15 and 8.24 (1H, s+s), 8.39 and 8.71 (1H, s+s), 8.86 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 9.48 and 9.83 (1H, s+s).
Step I): 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pyrimidm-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000119_0001
To a solution of 5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluoi 3phenyl)-4-fluoropyrfolidin-l-yl)-N!- pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (101 mg, 0.219 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) was added pyridine (0.0410 mL, 0.505 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then triflic anhydride (0.0780 mL, 0.461 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAC = 1 : 1) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2R,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[L5-a]pyrimidiii-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole (68.0 mg, 70%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR ISO ·.'/,.„ Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.23-1.44 (9H, m), 2.10-2.38 (1H, m), 2.80- 3.00 ( i l l. m), 4.00-4.60 (2H, m), 5.35-5.51 (IH, m), 5.52-5.71 (1H, m), 6.14 and 6.81 (1H, s+s), 7.02-7.40 (3H, m), 8.38 (IH, s), 8.71-8.87 (1H, m). MS: 443.4 [MH+], Example 38: Preparation of Chemical Compound 27
Figure imgf000120_0001
Chemical Compound 27: 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'- pivaloylpyrazolo[l 5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000120_0002
5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l, i]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate.
Figure imgf000120_0003
A mixture of ethyl 5-c-hloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (1 12 mg, 0.496 mmol), (2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine (Intermediate 7, 105 mg, 0.521 mmol) and KF (1 14 mg, 2.48 mmol) in DMSO (1.6 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 niin. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford ethyl 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxylate (171 nig, 88%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-J6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.04-1.38 (3H, m), 2.17-2.40 (IH, m), 2.62-2.98 (IH, m), 3.85-4.39 (4H, m), 5.45-5.53 (1H, m), 5.61 and 5.75 { ! ! !. s+s), 6.17 and 6.71 (IH, s+s), 6.87-6.95 ( i l l. m), 7.05-7.40 (2H, ni), 8.18- 8.29 (IH, m), 8.60-8.90 (IH, m).
Step B: 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000121_0001
To a solution of ethyl 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (171 mg, 0.438 mmol) in EtOH (3.3 mL) and water (1.1 mL) was added LiOH (31.0 mg, 1.31 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HCl until pH 5-6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yi)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyiimidine-3- carboxylic acid (150 mg, 95%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO- , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2.26-2.34 (IH, m), 2.70-2.95 (IH, m), 3.92-4.18 (IH, m), 4.20-4.38(lH, m), 5.46-6.17 (3H, m), 6.84-6.92 (IH, m), 7.09-7.19 (IH, m), 7.25-7.28 (IH, m), 8.18 (IH, s), 8.60-8.75 (IH, m). * A proton from CO?H was not observed. C: 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'- pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000122_0001
To a solution of 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-dif!uorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-y1)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (150 mg, 0.414 mmol) in DMF (2.7 mL) were added pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (190 mg, 1.24 mmol), DIPEA (0.289 mL, 1.65 mmol) and HATU (236 mg, 0.621 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloy
(102 mg, 53%) as a pale yellow solid. 1 H-NMR (DMSO- ,, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 2.15-2.40 (IH, m), 2.70-2.98 (1H, m), 3.88-4.18 (1H, m), 4.20-4.45 (IH, m), 5.40-5.60 (2H, m), 6.75 (IH, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 6.85-7.40 (3H, m), 8.17 and 8.27 (IH, s+s), 8.53 and 8.71 (IH, s+s), 8.91 (IH, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 9.39 and 9.55 (IH, s+s).
Step D: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pynmidm-3 -yl)- 1 , 3 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000122_0002
To a solution of 5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'- pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (102 mg, 0.222 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) was added pyridine (0.0410 mL, 0.509 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 10 °C, and then trifiic anhydride (0.0790 mL, 0.465 mmol) was dropwise added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hour and then at 0 °C for 1 hour. After quenched with water, the mixture was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 :3) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-((2S,4S)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-4- fluoropyiTolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole (28.0 mg, 26%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR ( DMSO-t/,.. Varian, 400 X!! !x): δ 1.15-1.52 (9H, m), 2.20-2.40 ( i l l. m), 2.65- 2.81 (1H, m), 3.88-4.38 (2H, m), 5.40-5.85 (2H, m), 6.19-6.75 (1H, m), 6.85-7.40 (3H, m), 8.34 ( i l l. s), 8.70-8.70 (1H, m). MS: 443.4 I MS ! |.
Figure imgf000123_0001
Chemical Compound 28: 2-tert-butyi-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazo -a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-L3,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000123_0002
Step A: Ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 imidine- 3 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000124_0001
A mixture of ethyl 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (200 mg, 0,886 mmol), 5-fluoro-2-methoxy-3-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 3, 186 mg, 0.948 mmol) and KF (257 mg, 4.43 mmol) in DMSO (3.0 raL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The separated organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Sii¾ (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (225 mg, 74%) as a white foam. 1H-NMR (DMSO- d6, Var m, 400 MHz): δ 1.25-1.30 (3H, m), 1.88-2.08 (3H, m), 2,23-2.37 (IH, m), 3.48-3,85 (I H, m), 3,90-4.09 (5H, rn), 4.15-4.30 (IH, m), 5.14 (0.3H, m), 5.48 (0.7H, d, ,/ 7,6 Hz), 5.98 (0.3H, m), 6,65 (0 7! [. d, I 6.8 Hz), 7.22-7.41 (I H, m), 7.93-8.11 (IH, m), 8.12-8,30 (IH, m). 8,53 (0. 1 1, s), 8.76 (0.7H, d, J= 7,2 Hz).
Step B: 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-rnethoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000124_0002
To a solution of ethyl 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)cyclopentyl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pynmidine-3-carboxylate (255 mg, 0.663 mmol) in EtOH (5.0 mL) and water (1.6 mL) was added Li OH (48.0 mg, 1.99 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq, HCl until pH 5-6, and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-(2-(5- fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbox lic acid (170 mg, 72%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-</6) Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.82-2.08 (3H, m), 2.26- 2.48 (1H, m),3.45-3.80 (2H, m), 3.88-4.08 (3H, m), 5.15 and 5.46 (1H, s+s), 6.64 and 7.34 (IH, s+s), 7.34 (1H, s), 7.92-8.18 (2H, m), 8.42-8.85 (IH, m). * A proton from C02H was not observed.
Step C: 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine- 3 -carbohydrazide
Figure imgf000125_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methox>'pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl ,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid (170 mg, 0.476 mmol) in DMF (3.1 niL) were added pivalohydrazide hydrochloride (218 mg, 0.1.43 mmol), DIPEA (0.332 niL, 1.90 mmol) and HATU (271 mg, 0.714 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for 30 mm. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2- methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N'-pivaloylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazid^
(164 mg, 76%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-</6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.10-1.23 (9H, m), 1.77-2.10 (3H, m), 2.20-2,48 (IH, m), 3.57-3,78 (IH, m), 3,88-3.99 (3H, m), 4.00-4.10 (IH, m), 5.19 (0.3H, d, J= 7.2 Hz), 5.31 (0.7H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 6.0.1 (0.3H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 6,69 (0.7H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7,3-7.42 (IH, m), 7,89-7.98 (IH, m), 8,05-8.18 (IH, m), 8, 19-8.32 (IH, m), 8,60 (0.3H, d, J= 8.0 Hz), 8.83 (0.7H, d, 7.6 Hz), 9.29 and 9,54 (IH, s+s). Step D: 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3, -oxadiazole
Figure imgf000126_0001
A mixture of 5-(2-(5-fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-N'- pivaloylpyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbohydrazide (1 10 rag, 242 mmol) and POCI3 (0,675 mL, 7.25 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and DCM. The separated organic layer was washed w th water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 to 1 :4) to afford 2-tert-butyl-5-(5-(2-(5- fluoro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole (61.0 mg, 58%) as a white solid. lH-NMR { DMSO-t /,,. Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.22 and 1.44 (9H, s+s), 1.70-2.10 (3H, m). 2,20-2.40 ( i l l. m), 3.52-3.85 ( 1 1 1. m), 3.95-4.12 (41 1. m), 5.15 (0.3H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 5.50 (0.7H, d, ./ 7.6 Hz), 6.00 (0.3H, d, 7.2 Hz), 6.70 (0.7H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.23-7.42 (IH, m), 7.95-8.15 (IH, m), 8.30-8.42 (1H, m), 8.60 (0.3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.83 (0.7H, d, J= 7.2 Hz). MS: 438.4 [MH+].
Figure imgf000126_0002
Chemical Compound 29: 5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl ,5' a]pyrimidin-3-yl)oxazole
Figure imgf000127_0001
Step 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3 carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000127_0002
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolofl ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (300 mg, 1.65 mmol), 2- (2,5-difluoropheyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 2, 324 mg, 1.77 mmol) and F (480 mg, 8.26 mmol) in DMSO (5.5 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured mto water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 20: 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (540 mg, 100%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 Mi l/): δ 1.90-2.28 (3H, m), 2.38-2.60 ( 1 1 1. m), 3.60-4, 18 (21 1. m), 5.14-5,28 (0.6H, m), 5,54- 5.72 (0.4H, m), 5.84-6.02 (0.6H, m), 6.35-6.46 (0.4H, m), 6.68-6.78 (1H, m), 6.82-7,20 (2H, m), 8.10-8.36 (2H, m), 9.77 and 10.11 (1H, s+s). Step B: 5-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)oxazole
Figure imgf000128_0001
To a solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehyde (300 mg, 0.914 mmol) in MeOH (9.2 mL) were added l-(isocyanomethylsulfonyl)- 4-methylbenzene (178 mg, 0.914 mmol) and K2C03 (126 mg, 0.914 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of MeOH, the residue was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford 5-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyi)pyiTolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)oxazole (46.0 mg, 13%) as a yellow solid, ¾H~NMR (MeOH~<i4, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.95-2.25 (3H, m), 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 3.50-3.88 (2H, m), 3.89-4.10 (IH, m), 5.20-5.70 (1H, m), 6.56-6,77 (1H, m), 6.80-7.20 (3H, m), 7.07-7.20 (IH, m), 7.92-8.20 ( I I I. m), 8.22-8.55 ( 1 1 1. m). MS: 368,2 [MH+],
Figure imgf000128_0002
Chemical Compound 30: 4-{5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidm-l -yl)pyrazolo l ,5 a]pyrimidin-3-yl)isoxazole
Figure imgf000129_0001
Step A: 5-chloro-3-iodopyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000129_0002
To a solution of 5-chloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine (1.00 g, 6.51 mmol) in DMF (13 mL) was added portionwise N-iodosuccinamide (1 .61 g, 7.16 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After addition of water, the mixture was stirred for further 30 mm at room temperature. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 5-chloro-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (1.74 g, 96%) as a pale yellow solid. ' l l-NMR (DMSO-ifc, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 7.15 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.34 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, d, -/ 7.2 Hz).
Step B: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl) rrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000129_0003
A solution of 5-chloro-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (621 mg, 2.22 mmol), 2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 2, 407 mg, 2.22 mmol) and KF (645 mg, 1 1.1 mmol) in DMSO (7.4 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 5: 1 to 3: 1 to 2:1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolofl,5-a]pyrimidine (819 mg.86%) a pale yellow solid.1H-NMR {DMSO-t/,,. Vanan, 400
Figure imgf000130_0001
δ 1.80-2.15 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (ill. m), 3.50-3.80 (IH, m), 3.95-3.99 (IH, m), 5.21-5.51 (III. m), 5.99 and 6.53 (ill. s+s), 6.97 (III. s), 7.11-7.26 (ill. m), 7.95 (ill. m), 8.44-8.64 (III. m).
Figure imgf000130_0002
Step C: 4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)isoxazole
A mixture of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (40.0 mg, 0.0940 mmol), K3P04 (60.0 mg, 0.282 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (7.66 mg, 9.39 μηιοΐ) and isoxazol-4-ylboronic acid (21.0 mg, 0.188 mmol) in dioxane (0.90 mL) and water (0.10 mL) was degassed with N2 gas. The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 15 hours in a sealed bottle and cooled to room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through a silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1:3 to 1:4) to afford 4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)isoxazole (5.90 mg, 17%) as a brown oil. Ί l-NMR (MeOH-<¾, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.95-2,20 (3H, m), 2.40-2.60 (ill. m), 3,50-4.12 (3H, m), 5.12-5,70 (IH, m), 5.80-6.40 (111. m), 6.74 ( H, s), 6,92 (111. s), 7,00-7,18 (IH, m), 8.00 (IH, s), 8.10-8,50 (211, m). MS: 368.2 [MH÷].
Example 42: Preparation of Chemical Compound 31: 4-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-al pyrimidin-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyliso¾azole
Figure imgf000130_0003
A mixture of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolofl,5-alpyrimidine (90.0 mg, 0.211 mmol), K3PO4 (134 mg, 0.634 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (17.0 mg, 0.0210 mmol) and 3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-ylboronic acid (60.0 mg, 0.422 mmol) in dioxane (1.9 mL) and water (0.21 niL) was degassed with N2 gas. The reaction mixture was heated at about 100 °C for 15 hours in a sealed tube, cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The separated organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1:3 to 1:4) to afford 4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole (13.0 mg, 15%) yellow solid. Ή-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 Mil/): δ 1.95-2.63 (10H, m), 3.70 (Hi. s), 3.91 (HI. s), 5.08-5.55 (III. m).5,70-6.38 (111. ni), 6.84 (ill. m), 6.91 (111. m), 7.00-7.10 (lH,m ), 7,84 (1H, s), 8,27 (111. m). MS: 369,2 [MET],
Figure imgf000131_0001
Chemical Compound 32: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(5-methyl-lH- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000132_0001
Step A: 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[ l,5-a]pynmidine-3-cafbonitrile
Figure imgf000132_0002
A mixture of 5-ammo-l H-pyrazole-4-earbonitnle (1.00 g, 9.25 mmol), ethyl 3- ethoxyacrylate (2.00 mL, 13.8 mmol) and Cs2C03 (4.52 g, 13.88 mmol) in DMF (18 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 9 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and acidified with 2 N aq. HC1 until pH ::= 2-3. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water followed by EtOAc and dried under vacuum to afford 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbonitrile (1.33 g, 90%) as a white solid, 1H-NMR (DMSO-afe, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 6.24 (1H, d. J = 8.0 Hz), 8.31 ( i l l. s), 8.63 (1H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 13.24 ( I I I. br. s).
Step B: 5-chloropyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000132_0003
A mixture of 5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile (1.33 g, 8.31 mmol) and POCl3 (7.74 mL, 83 mmol) was heated at 150 °C for 3 hours and cooled to room temperature. .After concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc ::= 2: 1 ) to afford 5-chloropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile (343 mg, 23%) as a white solid. !H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 7.09 (1H, d, J ------- 7.6 Hz), 8,39 (l H, s), 8.68 (1H, d, J ---- 7.2 Hz).
Step C: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbonitrile
Figure imgf000133_0001
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile (343 mg, 1.92 mmol) and 2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 2, 343 mg, 1.87 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was heated at 180 °C for 1 hour and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc =;: 2: 1 to 1 : 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbonitrile (611 mg, 98%) as a ivory solid. JH-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.05-2.11 (3H, m), 2.47-2.55 (1H, m), 3.67-4.10 (2H, in), 5.20 (0.7 H, s), 5.65 (0.3 H, s), 5.96 (0.7 H, s), 6.43 (0.3 H, s), 6.69-6.73 (1H, m), 6.96-7.09 (2H, m), 8.01 -8.31 (3H, m).
Step D: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide
Figure imgf000133_0002
A mixture of of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbomtrile (230 mg, 0.707 mmol) and cone. H2S04 (1.13 mL, 21.2 mmol) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 hours. After addition of ice-water, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brme, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide (172 mg, 71%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Variaii, 400 MHz): δ 2.05-1.11 (2H, m), 2.47-2.55 (1H, m), 3.67-4.10 (2H, m), 5.12-5.32 (1H, m), 5.52 (0.6H, s), 5.74 (0.4H, s), 5.90 (0.4H, s), 6.32 (0.61 1, s), 6.69-6.74 ( I I I. m), 6.96-7.09 (2H, m), 7.80 (0.5H, s), 8.20 (0.5H, s), 8.25-8.40 (1H, m). * Two protons from NH2NH2 were not observed. Step E: (Z)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(l-(dimethylamino)ethylidene)- pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide
Figure imgf000134_0001
A mixture of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide (100 mg, 0.291 mmol) and l,l-dimemoxy-N,N-dimethylethanamine (1.06 mL, 7.28 mmol) was heated 120 °C for 2 hours in a sealed tube. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude (Z)-5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -y l)-N-( 1 - (dimethylamino)ethylidene)pyrazolo [1,5 -a] pyrimidine-3 - carboxamide (160 mg, 99%), which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step F: 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(5-methyl-lH-l ,2,4-triazol-3- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pyrimidine
Figure imgf000134_0002
To a solution of the crude (Z)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(l- (dimethylamino)ethylidene)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide (160 nig, 0.291 mmol) in AcOH (1.0 niL) was added hydrazine hydrate (22.0 mg, 0.437 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 2 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with water, while a solid was precipitated. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and hexanes, and dried under vacuum to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(5- methyl-lH-l ,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (58.0 mg, 52%) as a white solid. ι~Ά-
N \m (MeOH-i/4, Varum, 400 MHz): δ 1.92-2.26 (3H, m), 2.34 (3H, m), 2.44-2.60 (2H, m), 3.67-4.22 (2H, m), 5.17 (0.4H, s), 5.68 (0.6H, s), 6.1 1 (0.4H, s), 6.65 (0.6H, s), 6.80-7,20 (2H, m), 7.20-7.43 ( i l l. m), 8.20-8.60 (2H, m). MS: 382.3 | Ml 1
Figure imgf000135_0001
Intermediate Compound 13: tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl -lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000135_0002
Step A: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000135_0003
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (1.18 g, 7.68 mmol), (R)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (1.51 g, 8.22 mmol) and KF (2.32 g, 39.1 mmol) in DMSO (26 mL) was heated at 180 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for additional 30 mm at room temperature. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5 difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine (1.70 g, 74%) as a yellow solid. JH NMR (DMSO- , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.88-2.06 (3H, m), 2.33-2.45 (IH, m), 3.56-3.70 (IH, m 3.90-4.00 ( I I I. m), 5.38 ( 1 1 1. s), 5.98 ( 1 H. s), 6.10-6.50 ( i l l. m), 6.85-6.91 (IH, m), 7.10-7.1 ( i l l. m), 7.26-7.32 ( I I I. m), 7.81 (IH, d, J = 1.6 Hz), 8.60 (IH, s).
Step B: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000136_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (975 mg, 3.25 mmol) in DMF (6.5 rnL) was added portionwise NTS (804 mg, 3.57 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and poured into water. The mixture was stirred for further 30 min. A precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidine (1.19 g, 86%) as a pale yellow solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-i/6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.15 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (I H, n), 3.50-3.80 (I H, m), 3,95-3.99 (IH, m), 5.21 -5.51 (IH, m), 5.99 and 6.53 (IH, s+s), 6.97 (IH, s), 7. 1 1 -7.26 (I H, m), 7.95 (IH, m), 8.44-8.64 (IH, m).
Step C: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difiuorophenyl)pyrrolidin-
(trimethy Isi iyl)ethyny l)pyrazolo- [ 1 , 5 -a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000136_0002
To a solution of (R)-5~(2~(2,5-difiuorophenyl)pyrrolidin~l-yl)~3~iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]- pynmidine (1.19 g, 2.79 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and TEA (10 mL) were added Cul (53.0 mg, 0.279 mmol), PdH..( PPh-. (196 mg, 0.279 mmol) and ethynyltrimethylsilane (0.596 mL, 4.19 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After filtration through on Celite pad while washing with EtOAc, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc = 2:1 to 1:1) to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine (832 mg, 75%) as a viscous yellow oil. Ή-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 0.260 (9H, s), 2.03-2.20 (3H, m), 2.49 (1H, br. s), 3.63-4.15 (2H, m), 5.17 and 6.25 (1H, br. s + br. s), 5.83 (1H, br. s), 6.73-6.77 (ill. m), 6.91 (ill. br. s), 7.04 (1H, br. s), 7.93 (IH, s), 8.11 (1H, br. s). s i-tep (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000137_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)- pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (832 mg, 2.10 mmol) in THE (10 niL) was added TBAF (1 M solution in THE, 2.52 mL, 2.52 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. After quenched with saturated aq. NH4Ci, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brined, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 3:2 to 1:1) to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (659 mg, 97%) as a viscous yellow oil.1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.98-2.18 (3H, m), 2.50 (III. br. s), 3.24 (III. s), 3.93 (ill. br. s), 4.06 (Hi. br. s), 5.19 (ill. br. s), 5.87 (ill. br. s), 6.75 (HI. br. s), 6.92 (ill. br. s), 7,05 (ill. br. s), 7.96 ( H, s), 8.14 ( H, br. s).
Figure imgf000137_0002
Figure imgf000138_0001
Chemical Compound 33: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4- yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000138_0002
Step A: tert-but l 4-hydroxypiperidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000138_0003
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-oxopiperidine- 1 -carboxylate (1.00 g, 5.02 mmol) in MeOH (16 mL) was added NaBB (285 mg, 7.53 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 4- hydroxypiperidine-1 -carboxylate (1.01 g, 100%) as a viscous pale yellow oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1 .46 (9H, s), 1.48-1.50 (2H, m), 1 ,84-1.87 (2H, m), 2.99-3.06 (2H, m), 3.81-3.87 (3H, m). * OH was not observed.
Step B: tert-butyl 4-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l -carboxylate c
Figure imgf000138_0004
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperi dine- 1 -carboxylate (1.01 g, 5.02 mmol) in DCM (16 mL) was added TEA (0.909 mL, 6.52 mmol) and DMAP (61.0 mg, 0.502 mmol) followed by MsCl (0.469 mL, 6.02 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water, 2 N aq. HCl, saturated aq. NaHC03, and brine successively, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 4-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine- 1 -carboxyiate (1.40 g, 100%) as a white solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDC! :. Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 1.94-1.99 (2H, m), 3.04 (3H, s), 3.27-3.34 (2H, m), 3.68-3.72 (2H, m), 4.86-4.91 (1H, m).
Step C: tert-butyl 4-azidopiperidme-l -carboxyiate
Figure imgf000139_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l -carboxyiate (1.40 g, 5.02 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added sodium azide (979 mg, 15.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 12 hours with stirring, while a white solid was formed. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 5: 1) to afford tert-butyl 4-azidopiperidine- 1 -carboxyiate (948 mg, 83%) as a colorless oil. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 WW/): δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1 ,53-1.57 (21 1. m), 1.85- 1.88 (2H, m), 3.05-3.12 (2H, m), 3.54-3.60 (1H, m), 3.81 -3.84 ( 1 1 1. m).
Step D: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxyiate
Figure imgf000139_0002
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- ajpynmidine (Intermediate 13, 144 mg, 0.444 mmol) and tert- butyl 4-azidopiperidine-l- carboxylate (111 mg, 0.488 mmol) in tBuOH (2.0 mL) was added copper powder (23.0 mg, 0.355 mmol) followed by water (1.0 mL) and 1 M aq. solution of copper sulfate (0.089 mL, 0.089 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 90 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH4OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 30: 1) to afford (R)-tert-butyl-4-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluoropheayl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (177 mg, 72%) as a yellow foam. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.49 (9H, s), 1.83-2,22 (7H, m), 2.48 (1H, br. s), 2.97 (21 1. s), 3.66 (1H, br. s), 3.91 ( H i. br. s), 4.35 (2H, br. s), 4.67 ( H I. br, s), 5,70 ( H I. br, s), 6,34 ( H i., br, s), 6,75 (1H, br. s), 6.91 ( 1 H. br. s), 7.13 ( I H. br. s), 7.52 (IH, s), 8.35 ( I H. br. s), 8.48 ( I H. s).
Step E: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-l ,2,3- triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin
Figure imgf000140_0001
To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl-4-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate (177 mg, 0.321 mmol) in DCM (1,6 mL) was added TFA (0.867 mL, 11.2 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated aq. NaHC03 and brined, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (DCM:MeGH - 10: 1 to 3: 1 to 2: 1 ) to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyiTolidin-l -yl)-3-(l- (piperidin-4-yl)-l H-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (100 mg, 69%) as a yellow foam. Ή-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 WW/.): δ 1.83-2.30 (8H, m), 2.50 (1H, br. s), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 11.2 Hz), 3.30-3.33 (21 1. m), 3.69 (IH, br. s), 3.93 ( i l l. br. s), 4.58 ( i l l. br. s), 5.24 and 5.68 ( i l l. br. s + br. s), 5.87 and 6.30 (IH, br. s + br. s), 6.75 (IH, br. s), 6.90 ( i l l. br. s), 7.12 (IH, br. s), 7.57 (IH, s), 8.30 (IH, br. s), 8.48 (IH, s). MS: 451.1 [MtT].
Figure imgf000141_0001
Step A: tert-butyl 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000141_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate (1.00 g, 4.97 mmol) in DCM (16 mL) was added TEA (0.895 mL, 6.46 mmol) followed by MsCl (0.465 mL, 5.96 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water, 2 N aq. HQ, saturated aq. NaHC03, and brine successively, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 3- (methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l-carboxylate (1.39 g, 100%) as a colorless oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR {CiX'h. Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 1.55 (IH, br. s), 1.78-2.01 (3H, m), 3.06 (3H, s), 3.28-3.38 (IH, m), 3.42-3.48 (IH, m), 3.54-3.68 (2H, m), 4.72 (IH, br. s).
Step B: tert-butyl 3-azidopiperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000142_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine-l-carboxylate (1 .39 g, 4.98 mmol) in DMF (24 mL) was added sodium azide (970 mg, 14.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 4 hours with stirring, while a white solid was formed. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (Hex:EtOAc = 20: 1 to 10: 1 to 5: 1) to afford tert-butyl 3-azidopiperidine-l-carbox late (840 mg, 74%) as a colorless oil. SH-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 1.49-1.62 (2H, m), 1.77 (111, br. s), 1.96 (1H, br. s), 2,90-3.30 (2H, m), 3.44-3.50 (111, m), 3.52-3.90 (2H, m).
Step C: tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3 -yl)- 1 H- 1 ,2, 3 -triazol- -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000142_0002
To a solution of ( )-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyi)pyiTolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- ajpyrmiidine (Intermediate 13, 92.0 mg, 0.284 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-azidopiperidine-l - carboxylate (71.0 mg, 0.312 mmol) in tBuOH (1.4 mL) were added copper powder (14.0 mg, 0.227 mmol) followed by water (1.0 mL) and 1 M aq. solution of copper sulfate (0.057 mL, 0.057 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 90 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH4OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 30: 1) to afford tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[
1-carbox late (123 mg, 79%) as a yellow oil. !H-NMR (CDC13, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.48 (9H, s), 1.63-1.76 (2H, m), 1.90-1.94 (IH, m), 2.04 (IH, br. s), 2.16 (2H, br. s), 2.29 (IH, br. s), 2.40- 2.58 (IH, m), 2.80-3.50 (2H, m), 3.68 (IH, br. s), 3.92 (IH, br. s), 4.18 (IH, br. s), 4.30-4.60 (2H, m), 5.23 and 5.66 (IH, br. s + br. s), 5.86 and 6.31 (IH, br. s + br. s), 6.75-6.77 (IH, m), 6.91 (IH, br. s), 7.04 (IH, br. s), 7.56 (IH, s), 8.31 (IH, br. s), 8.47 (IH, s).
Step D: 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(piperidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3- triazol -4-yl)pyrazolo[ , 5-a]pyrimidin
Figure imgf000143_0001
To a solution of tert- butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (123 mg, 0.223 mmol) in DCM (1.1 mL) was added TFA (0.602 mL, 7.82 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated aq. NaHCOj and brmed, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 10: 1 to 3: 1) to afford 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l- (piperidin-3-yl)-lH-l ,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 69%) as a yellow foam, 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.92-1.95 (IH, m), 1.89-2.14 (8H, m), 2,28 (IH, br. s), 2.49 (IH, br. s), 2.77 (IH, t, 10.8 Hz) 2.85-3, 18 (2H, m), 3.40 (IH, br. s), 3.66 (IH, br, s), 3.91 (IH, br. s), 4,50 ( i l l. br. s), 5.30 and 5.67 (IH, br. s + br. s), 5,85 and 6.29 (IH, br, s + br. s), 6.75 (IH, s), 6,90 (IH, s), 7.00-7.10 (IH, m), 7.57 ( H, s), 8.31 (IH, br. s), 8.47 (IH, s), MS: 451.1 ! Xi! l ] of Chemical Compound 35: 5-((R)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-vn-3-(l-(pyrrolidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- al pyrimidine
Figure imgf000144_0001
Step A: tert-but l 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
MsO. _
NBoc
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (1.00 g, 5.34 mmol) in DCM (17 mL) was added TEA (0.962 mL, 6.94 mmol) followed by MsCl (0.499 mL, 6.41 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water, 2 N aq. HCi, saturated aq. NaHC0 , and brine successively, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 3- (methylsulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (1.42 g, 100%) as a colorless oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDC , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 2.06-2.20 ( i l l. m), 2.21-2,36 ( 1 1 1. m), 3,05 (3H, s), 3.44-3.54 ( i l l. m), 3.54-3,72 (3H, m), 5,27 { i l l. br. s).
Step B: tert-butyl 3-azidopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
! N Boc
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-(methylsulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (1.42 g, 5.35 mmol) m DMF (26 mL) was added sodium azide (1.04 g, 16.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 4 hours with stirring, while a white solid was formed. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc :=: 10: 1 to 5: 1) to afford tert-butyl 3-azidopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (1.07 g, 94%) as a colorless oil. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 2.02-2.08 (2H, m), 3.35-3.54 (4H, m), 4.14-4.16 (1H, m).
Step C: tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1H- 1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000145_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine (Intermediate 13, 92.0 mg, 0.284 mmoi) and tert-butyl 3-azidopyrrolidine-l- carboxylate (66.0 mg, 0.312 mmoi) in tBuOH (1.4 mL) were added copper powder (14.0 mg, 0.227 mmoi) followed by water (1.0 mL) and 1 M aq. solution of copper sulfate (0.057 mL, 0.057 mmoi). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 90 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH4OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na?S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 30: 1) to afford tert-butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyi)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazoio[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-lH-l ,2,3-triazol
1 -carboxylate (127 mg, 83%) as a yellow foam. Π-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.50 (9H, s), 1.98-2,20 (3H, m), 2.22-2.63 (3H, m), 3,50-3.83 (4H, m), 3.83-4,20 (2H, m), 5, 15 (1 H, br, s), 5.30 and 5.66 (1 H, br, s + br, s), 5.84 and 6,31 (lH, br. s + br. s), 6.75 (1 H, br, s), 6.91 (1H, br. s), 7.00-7.18 ( IH, m), 7.52 (I H, s), 8.32 (I H, br. s), 8.48 (1H, s).
Step D: 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(l -(pyrrolidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3- triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine
Figure imgf000146_0001
To a solution of tert- butyl 3-(4-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-lH- l ,2,3-triazol-l -yl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (127 mg, 0.237 mmol) in DCM (1.2 niL) was added TFA (0.638 mL, 8.28 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated aq. NaHC03 and brined, dried over a2S0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (DCM:MeOH = 10: 1 to 3: 1 to 2: 1) to afford 5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)-3-(l- (pyrrolidin-3-yl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine (78.0 mg, 76%) as a yellow foam. lH-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 2.00-2.20 (4H, m), 2.26-2.60 (3H, m), 3.11 (IH, br. s), 3.24-3.46 (3H, m), 3.68 (IH, br. s), 3.91 (IH, br. s), 5.02 (IH, br. s), 5.39 and 5.64 (IH, br. s + br. s), 5.84 and 6.30 (IH, br. s + br. s), 6.75 (IH, s), 6.90 (IH, br. s), 7.06 (IH, br. s), 7.56 ( i l l. s), 8.31 (IH, br. s), 8.46 (IH, s).
Figure imgf000146_0002
Step A: tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl m
Figure imgf000147_0001
To a solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol (500 mg, 4.90 mmol) in DCM (16 mL) was added TEA (0.882 mL, 6.36 mmol) followed by MsCl (0.458 mL, 5.87 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water, 2 N aq. HCl, saturated aq. NaHC03, and brine successively, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl methanesulfonate (882 mg, 100%) as a colorless oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1 H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.84-1.92 (2H, m), 2.03- 2.07 (21 i. m), 3.04 (3H, s), 3.52-3.58 (2H, m), 3.92-3.97 (21 1. m), 4.87-4.93 ( i l l. m).
Step B: 4-azidotetrahydro-2H-pyran
Figure imgf000147_0002
To a solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yi methanesulfonate (0.882 g, 4.89 mmol) in
DMF (16 mL) was added sodium azide (954 mg, 14.68 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 3: 1) to afford 4-azidotetrahydro-2H- pyran (110 mg, 17%) as a colorless oil. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.60-1.70 (2H, m), 1.88-1.92 (2H, m), 3.44-3.50 (2H, m), 3.56-3.63 (IH, m), 3.92-3.97 (2H, m).
Step C : (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-(l-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4'
1 H- 1 ,2, 3 -triazol - -y l)pyrazol o [ 1 , 5 -a] py rim idine
Figure imgf000148_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine (96.0 mg, 0.296 mmol) and 4-azidotetrahydro-2H-pyran (41.0 mg, 0.326 mmol) in iBuOH (1.5 mL) were added copper powder (15.0 mg, 0.237 mmol) followed by water (1.0 mL) and 1 M aq. solution of copper sulfate (0.059 mL, 0.059 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 90 min, cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH4OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 30: 1) to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)~3 -(1 -(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)- H~ 1 ,2,3 -triazol-4- yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine (84.0 mg, 63%) as a yellow oil. Ή-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): 6 2,04-2.30 (7 m), 2.49 (I H, br, s), 3.61 (2H, t ./ 1 1.6 Hz), 3,92 (lH, br. s), 4.18 (21 1. t, I 1 1.6 Hz), 4.73 (1R br. s), 5, 19 and 5.66 (1 H, br. s + br. s), 5.88 and 6.31 (1H, br, s + br. s), 6.73-6.78 (1H, m), 6,91 (l H, br. s), 7.01-7.16 (1 H, m), 7.52 (IH, s), 8,32 (l H, br. s), 8.47 (1 H, s). MS: 452.2 [MIL ].
Example 49: Preparation of Chemical Compound 37: (R)-2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyra^
(piperazin-l-yl)ethan-l-one
Figure imgf000148_0002
Step A: tert-butyl 4-(2-bromoacetyl)piperazine-l-carb
Figure imgf000149_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl piperazine- 1 -carboxy late (2,00 g, 10.7 mmol) in 5wt% aq NaHC03 (36 niL) and DCM (36 mL) was added 2-bromoacetyl bromide (1.40 mL, 16.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C and then at room temperature for 2 hours. After separation of phase, the organic layer was washed with water, 2 N aq. HC1, water and brme, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residual solid was purified by recrystallization from EtOAc and hexanes to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-azidoacetyl)piperazine-l - carboxylate (2.92 g, 89%) as a white solid. Π-NMR (CD CI 3, Varian, 400 MHz): 6 1.47 (9H, s), 3.42-3.44 (2H, m), 3.46-3.54 (4H, m), 3.58-3.60 (2H, m), 3,86 (2H, s).
Step B: tert-butyl 4-(2-azidoacet l)piperazine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000149_0002
A suspension of tert-butyl 4-(2-azidoacetyl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (2,92 g, 9.51 mmol) and sodium azide (1.54 g, 23,7 mmol) in CH3CN (47 mL) was refluxed for 1 hour and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization from EtOAc and hexanes to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-azidoacetyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (2,28 g, 89%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 3.33-3.38 (2H, m), 3.42-3,50 (4H, 111), 3.58-3,66 (21 1. 111), 3.95 (2H, s).
Step C: tert-butyl (R)-4-(2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- lH-1 ,2,3-triazol- -yl)acetyl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000150_0001
To a solution of (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-ethynylpyrazolo[l,5- ajpynmidme (Intermediate 13, 100 mg, 0.308 mmol) and tert-butyi 4-(2-azidoacetyl)piperazine- 1-carboxylate (91.0 mg, 0.339 mmol) in tBuOH (1.5 mL) was added copper powder (16.0 nig, 0.247 mmol) followed by water (0.70 mL) and 1 M aq. solution of copper sulfate (0.0620 mL, 0.0620 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 90 min, cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc. After addition of cone. NH4OH (2.0 mL) followed by water (2.0 mL), the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 mm and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (EtOAc only to DCMMeQH = 30: 1) to afford (RVtert-butyl 4-(2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- 1 H-l ,2,3-triazol-l - yl)acetyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (108 mg, 59%) as a yellow foam. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1 .47 (9R s), 2.00-2.25 (3H, m), 2.42-2.58 (1R m), 3,34 (4H, br. s), 3.59 (2H, br. s), 3.65 (2R br. s), 3,92 (1R br. s), 5,20 and 5.52 (1R br. s + br, s), 5.28-5,32 (2H, m), 5.85 and 6.27 (1 H, br. s + br. s), 6,78 (1R br. s), 6,90 (1R br. s), 7,04-7.10 (1 H, m), 7.63 (IR s), 8,25 ( i ! i. br. s), 8.47 (1R s).
Step D: (R)-2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)- 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -yl)- 1 -(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethan- 1 -one
Figure imgf000150_0002
To a solution of (R)-tert-but l 4-(2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yi)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yi)-lH-l,2,3 riazol-l-yi)acetyl)piperazi (108 mg,
0.182 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added TFA (0.500 mL, 6.49 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated aq. NaHCO-j and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 10: 1 to 3: 1 to 2: 1) to afford (R)-2-(4-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyrimidin- 3 -y 1)~ 1 H- 1 ,2,3 -triazol- 1 -y 1)- 1 - (piperazin-l-yl)ethanone (78.0 mg, 87%) as a pale yellow foam. Ή-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47 (9H, s), 2.00-2.25 (3H, m), 2.50 ( I I I. br. s), 2.85 (4H, br. s), 3.57 (21 1. br. s), 3.64 (2H, br. s), 3,90 ( I I I. br. s), 5.26 and 5.52 ( I I I. br. s + br, s), 5.26-5,30 (2H, m), 5.85 and 6,26 (IH, br. s + br. s), 6.77 (1H, br. s), 6,88 (IH, br. s), 7.00-7, 12 (IH, m), 7.62 (1H, s), 8.24 (IH, br. s), 8,46 (IH, s). MS: 494.2 I ! i |.
Figure imgf000151_0001
Chemical Compound 38: (E)-N-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yi)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide
Figure imgf000152_0001
Step A: 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehvde
Figure imgf000152_0002
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[ l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (500 mg, 2.75 mmol), 3- fluoro-5-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 1, 490 mg, 2.95 mmol) and KF (800 mg, 13.8 mmol) m DMSO (9.2 niL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford 5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (779 mg, 91%) as a yellow solid. ^-NMR (DMSO-<¾, Varian, 400
Mi l/)- δ 1.92-2.20 (3H, m), 2.40-2.50 ( i l l. m), 3.62-3, 88 (1H, m), 3,98-4.15 ( i l l. m), 5,30-5.45 ( 1 1 1. ml 6,22 (0.3H, m), 6.72 (0.7 H, d, ./ 6,8 Hz), 7.60-7,75 ( 1 1 1 m), 8. 18-8.36 ( I I I . m), 8,38- 8.56 (21 1 m), 8.65 (0.3H, m), 8.80 (0.7 H, d, J ------- 6.0 Hz), 9.60 and 9.94 (1 H, s+s).
Step B: (E)-eihyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-
Figure imgf000152_0003
To a suspension Natl (55wc%, 328 mg, 7.51 mmoi) in dry THF (8.0 mL) was added a solution of ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (841 mg, 3.75 mmoi) in dry THF at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred room temperature for 30 min. After addition of a solution of 5-(2-(5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrroiidin-l -yl)pyrazoio[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (0.779 g, 2.50 mmoi) in dry THF, the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature, quenched with saturated aq. NH4C1, and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford (E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrroiidin-l-yl)pyrazoio[l,5-a]pyrimidin~3-yl)acrylate (511 mg, 54%) as a yellow solid. S H-.\\JR (DMSO~<i6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.20-1,32 (4H, m), 1.85-2.13 (3H, m), 3.60-3.90 ( 1 1 1. m), 3.96-4,22 (3H, m), 5.28-5,42 ( H i. m), 6,05-6.32 ( i l l. m), 6.54-6.70 ( 1 1 1. m), 7.40-7,77 (2H, m), 8.09-8, 12 (1H, m), 8.15-8.80 (3H, m).
Step C: (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyiTolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)acrylic acid
Figure imgf000153_0001
To a solution of (E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate (511 mg, 1.340 mmoi) in EtOH (5.0 mL) and water (1.7 mL) was added Li OH (96.0 mg, 4.02 mmoi) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HCl until pH 5-6 and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (E)-3-(5-(2- (5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (373 mg, 79%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-cfe, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.92-2, 13 (3H, m), 2,40-2.50 (1H, m), 3.60-3.92 ( 1 1 1. m), 3.93-4, 12 (1H, m), 5,28-5,42 ( 1 1 1. m), 6,05-6.32 ( i l l. 111), 6.54-6.70 ( 1 1 1. m), 7,40-7.77 (2H, m), 8,09-8.29 ( H I. m), 8,32-8.80 (3H, m), 11.73 (1H, br, s). Step D: (E)-N-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide
Figure imgf000154_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 rag, 0.142 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml.) were added ethyiamine (2.0 M in THF, 0.142 raL, 0,283 mmol), DIPEA (0.0740 mL, 0.425 mmol), and HATU (81.0 mg, 0.212 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH =;: 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-N-ethyl-3- (5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrirnidin-3-yl)acrylarnide (48.0 mg, 89%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR { DMSO-t /,,. Varian, 400 MHz): 5 1.10 (31 1. t, ./ 6.6 Hz), 1.92- 2.20 (3H, m), 2.43-2.50 (1H, m), 3.10-3.30 (2H, m), 3.60-3.92 (1H, m), 4.00-4.15 (1H, m), 5.28- 5.58 (1H, m), 6.05-6.42 (1H, m), 6.54-6.80 (1H, m), 7.18-8.10 (4H, m), 8.32-8.75 (3H, m). MS: 381.1 j X i i i I
Figure imgf000154_0002
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.142 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) were added cyclopropanamine (0.0200 mL, 0.283 mmol), DIPEA (0.0740 mL, 0.425 mmol), and HATU (81.0 mg, 0.212 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20:1 to 10:1) to afford (E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide (21.0 mg, 38%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-i/6, Varian, 400
Mil/): δ 0.40-0.60 (2H, m), 0.61-0.75 (211. m), 1.86-2.17 (31 i. m), 2.43-2.50 (ill. m), 2.72-2.80 (ill. m), 3.60-3.92 (1H, m), 4.00-4.15 ("ill. m), 5.25-5.52 (HI. m), 6.05-6.38 (111. m), 6.54-6.70 (111. m), 7.28-8,12 (411 m), 8.32-8.75 ( it. m). MS: 393.1 jXiH j
Figure imgf000155_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.142 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) were added dimethylamine hydrochloride (23.0 mg, 0.283 mmol), DIPEA (0.0740 mL, 0.425 mmol), and HATU (81.0 mg, 0.212 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. TT4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20:1 to 10:1) to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-N,N- dimethyiacryl-amide (39.0 mg, 72%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-</6, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.86-2.10 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (IH, rn), 2.80-3.00 (6H, m), 3,54-3.88 (IH, m), 3.92-4.15 (IH, rn), 5.25-5.50 (IH, m), 6.05-6.12 (0.3H, m), 6.48-6.70 (0.7H, m), 6.73-7.70 (3H, m), 8,00-8.70 (4H, m). MS: 381.1 [MIL]. Example 53: Preparation of Chemical Compound 41
Figure imgf000156_0001
Chenucal Compound 41 : (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimi in-3-yl)-N-ethylacrylamide
Figure imgf000156_0002
-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000156_0003
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (300 mg, 1.65 mmol), 2- (2,5-difluoropheyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 2, 324 mg, 1.77 mmol) and KF (480 nig, 8.26 mmol) in DMSO (5.5 mL) was heated at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 20: 1) to afford 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ l,5- a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (540 mg, 100%) as a yellow solid. Ή-NMR (CDC13, V arian. 400
Mi l/): δ 1.90-2.28 (3H, m), 2.38-2.60 (1H, m), 3.60-4.18 (21 1. m), 5.14-5.28 (0.6H, m), 5.54- 5.72 (0.4H, m), 5.84-6.02 (0.61 1. m), 6.35-6.46 (0.4! !. m), 6.68-6.78 ( i l l. m), 6.82-7.20 (21 1. m), 8.10-8.36 (2H, m), 9.77 and 10.11 (IH, s+s).
Step B: (E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-
3-yl)acrylate
Figure imgf000157_0001
To a suspension NaH (55wt%, 349 mg, 8.00 mmoi) in dry THF (8.9 mL) was added a solution of ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (896 mg, 4.00 mmoi) in dry THF at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred room temperature for 30 min. After addition of a solution of 5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolofl,5-alpyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (875 mg, 2.67 mmoi) in dry THF, the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours and then quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford (E)-ethyi-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate (609 mg, 57%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (CDCi3, \ arian. 400 MHz): δ 1.36 (3H, t, J= 7.0 Hz), 1.95-2.20 (3H, m), 2.45-2.60 (IH, ni), 3.60-4.18 (2H, m), 4.20-4.43 (2H, m), 5.14-5.28 (0.6H, m), 5.54-5.70 (0.4H, m), 5.84-5.96 (0.4H, m), 6.25-6.46 (0.6H, m), 6.65-6.78 (2H, m), 6.82-7.00 (IH, ni), 7.10-4.15 ( 1 1 1. m), 7,50-7.85 (IH, m), 7,80-8.05 (IH, m), 8.12-8.35 (IH, m).
Step C: (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)acrylic acid
Figure imgf000158_0001
To a solution of (E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate (345 mg, 0.866 mmol) in EtOH (3.3 mL) and water (1.1 mL) was added LiOH (62.0 mg, 2.60 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified by 2 N aq. HCl until pH 5~6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (E)-3- (5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (297 mg, 93%) as a white solid, Π-NMR (DMSO-i 6, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.14 (3H, m), 2,38-2,50 (1H, m), 3.35-3,88 (1 H, m), 3,98-4.18 (IH, m), 5.28-5.53 (1H, m), 6.00-3.20 (1 H, m), 6.50-6,70 (lH, m), 6.90-7.00 (1H, m), 7.01-7.70 (311, m), 8.05-8.20 (1H, m), 8.50-8.78 (1H, m), 11.95 (lH, si- Step D: (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)- N-ethylacrylamide
Figure imgf000158_0002
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidm-l -yi)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pynrmdin-3-yl)aerylie acid (75.0 mg, 0.203 mmol) in DCM (2.0 mL) were added 2 drops of DMF followed by oxalyi chloride (0.0355 mL, 0.405 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the corresponding acyf chloride compound. The residual crude acyl chloride compound was dissolved in DCM (2.0 mL), and then ethylamine hydrochloride (18.2 mg, 0.405 mmol) was added thereto. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours and quenched with 1 N aq. HCl. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 10 to EtOAc only) to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l - yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-N-ethylacrylamide (13.0 mg, 16%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR {CDC! ;. Varian, 400 Mi l/ ): δ 1.15-1.32 (6H, m), 1.98-2.32 (3H, m), 2.42-2.60 ( 1 H. m), 3.38- 3.50 (21 i. m), 3.61 -4.05 (2H, m), 5.38-5.50 (1H, m), 6.23-6.60 (1H, m), 6.70-6.78 (IH, m), 6.86- 7.13 (2H, m), 7.80-9.00 (IH, m), 8.10-8.36 (IH, m). MS: 398.1 [MH+].
Figure imgf000159_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (55.0 mg, 0.149 mmol) in DMF (1 .5 ml.) was added HATU (73.4 mg, 0.193 mmol), DIPEA (78.0 JIL, 0.446 mmol) and isopropylamine (9.66 mg, 0.163 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S(>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 10 to EtOAc only) to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-N-isopropylactylamide (30.0 mg, 49%) as a yellow solid. 1H- \MR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.13-1.32 (6H, m), 2,00-2.29 (3H, m), 2.42-2.60 ( H, m), 3.60-4.00 (2H, m), 4.20-4.30 (I H, m), 5.25-5.38 (I H, m), 5.62-5.95 (IH, m), 6.20-6.60 (2H, m), 6.70-6.77 (IH, m), 6.82-6.98 (IH, m), 7.00-7.10 (IH, m), 7.45-7.55 (IH, m), 7.82-7.99 (IH, m), 8.10-8.40 (IH, m). MS: 412.1 [MH+]. Example 55: Preparation of Chemical Compound 43; (E)-N-cyciopropyI-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluoropheiiyl)pyrroIidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a1pyrimidin-3-yI)acryIamide
Figure imgf000160_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.135 mmol) in DMF (1.4 mL) were added HATU (66.7 mg, 0.176 mmol), DIPEA (70.7 μΐ, 0.405 mmol) and cyclopropylamine (10.5 μΐ, 0.149 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. N¾C1 and brine, dried over a2S0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO? (Hex:EtOAc = 10: 1 to EtOAc only) to afford E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolofl,5-alpyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide (30.0 mg, 54%) as a yellow solid. JH-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 0.50-0.65 (2H, m), 0.78-0.92 (2H, m), 1.92-2.30 (4H, m), 2.39-2.59 (IH, m), 2.82-2.85 (1H, m), 3.58-3.80 (1H, m), 3.86-4.12 (IH, m), 5.50-5.70 (21 1. m), 6.23-6.48 (IH, m), 6.69-6.78 ( i l l. m), 6.82-7.08 (2H, m), 7.45-7.62 ( i l l. m), 7.82-8.00 (IH, m), 8.12-8.40 (IH, m). MS: 410.1 [MET].
Figure imgf000160_0002
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)aciylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.135 mmol) in DMF (0.90 mL) was added tert- butylamine (20.0 mg, 0.270 mmol), DIPEA (0.0710 mL, 0.405 mmol), and I ! ATI. (77.0 mg, 0.203 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-N-tert-butyl- 3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo-[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylamide (38.0 mg, 66%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSQ-t , Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.31 (9H, s), 1.80-2.10 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (1H, m), 3.58-3,90 ( i l l. m), 3,95-4.12 ( 1 1 1. m), 5.25-5.40 (0.4H, m), 5.50-5.62 (0.6H, m), 5.97-6.10 (0.4H, m), 6.30-6.54 (0.6H, m), 6.52-6.68 ( 1 1 1. m), 6,70-7.00 ( I I I. ml 7,01- 7.52 (4H, m), 7.95-8.10 (1H, m), 8.43-8.72 (1H, m). MS: 426.2 [MH+],
Figure imgf000161_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolofl,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (55.0 mg, 0.149 mmol) in DMF' (1.5 mL) were added HATU (73.4 mg, 0.193 mmol), DIPEA (78.0 μΐ, 0.446 mmol) and dimethyl amine hydrochloride (7.36 mg, 0.163 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brme, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 10 to EtOAc only) to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyi)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylacrylamide (38.0 mg, 64%) as a yellow solid. Ίί-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.98-2.15 (3H, m), 2.35-2.60 (IH, m), 2.82-3.30 (6H, m), 3.50-3.78 (1H, m), 3.80-4.15 (2H, m), 5.64-6.01 (1H, m), 6.18-6.44 (IH, m), 6.60-6.78 (1H, m), 6.83-7.13 (2H, m), 7.55-7.86 (1H, in), 7.90-8.05 (lH, in), 8.10-8.43 (1H, m). MS: 398.1 [Mfifj
Example 58: Preparation of Chemical Compound 46: (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyi)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazoio|l,5-a|p,yrimidin-3-yl)-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-
Figure imgf000162_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (60.0 mg, 0.162 mmol) in DMF (1.1 mL) was added 2- methoxyethanamine (37.0 mg, 0.486 mmol), DIPEA (0.0850 mL, 0.486 mmol), and HATU (185 mg, 0.486 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and diluted with water. After being stirred for an additional 30 min, a precipitated white solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluGrophenyi)pyiTolidin- 1 -yl)pyraz
(43.4 mg, 63%) as a white solid. Ή-NMR (DMSG 6, Variaii, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.10 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (1H, m), 3.20-3.30 (3H, m), 3.33-3.45 (2H, m), 3.46-3.88 (2H, m), 3.90-4.15 (1H, m), 5.20-5.60 (1H, m), 5.88-6.38 (1H, m), 6.40-6.80 (1H, m), 6.81-7.55 (4H, m), 7.90-8.15 (2H, m), 8.40-8.80 ( i l l. m). * A proton from NH was not observ ed MS: 428,2 [MH+].
Figure imgf000162_0002
Figure imgf000163_0001
To a solution of (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.135 mmol) in DMF (0.90 mL) were added azetidin-3- ol hydrochloride (44.0 mg, 0,405 mmol), DIPEA (0.141 mL, 0.810 mmol), and HATU (0.103 g, 0.270 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NELjCi and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si()2 (EtOAc only to DCMMeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difiuorophenyl)pyrrolidm-l-yl)py
2-en-l-one (21.0 mg, 36%) as a white solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-t/e, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1 .86- 2.10 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (1 H, m), 3.56-3.90 (2H, m), 3.92-4.19 (3H, m), 4.20-4.58 (2H, m), 5.30- 5.40 (0.4H, m), 5,50-5.62 (0.6H, m), 5.74 (I H, d, ./ 5.6 Hz), 5.97-6, 10 (0.4H, m), 6.28-6.40 (0.6H, m), 6.52-7.70 (2H, m), 7.05-7.52 (3H, m), 8.09-8.20 (1H, m), 8.50-8.78 (I H, m). MS: 426.2 [ΜΪ-Γ],
Figure imgf000163_0002
Chemical Compound 48: (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidi -3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-acrylamide
Figure imgf000164_0001
Step A: (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolofl,5-a]pyrimidine-3- carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000164_0002
A mixture of 5-chloropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (Intermediate 10, 4.70 g, 25.9 mmol), (R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidine (Intermediate 5, 5.07 g, 27.7 mmol) and KF
(7.52 g, 129 mmol) in DMSO (86 mL) was stirred at 180 °C for 2 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on S1O2 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford (R)-5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (8.50 g, 100%) as a yellow oil. 'H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1 ,90-2.28 (3H, m), 2.38-2.60 ( i l l. m), 3.60-4, 18 (2H, m), 5, 14-5.28 (0.6! !. m), 5,54-5.72 (0.4! !. m), 5.84-6.02 (0.6H, m), 6.35-6,46 (0.4H, m), 6.68-6,78 ( H i. m), 6,82-7.20 (2H, m), 8, 10-8.36 (2H, m), 9,77 and 10.11 ( I ! !, s+s).
Step B: (R,E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate
Figure imgf000165_0001
02Et
To a suspension NaH (55wt%, 3.30 g, 76 mmol) in diy THF (80 raL) was added a solution of ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (8.47 g, 37.8 mmoi) in dry THF at 0 °C . The mixture was stirred room temperature for 1 hour. After addition of a solution of (R.)-5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carbaldehyde (8.27 g, 25.2 mmol) in dry THF (40 raL), the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature and then quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc = 1 : 1) to afford (R,E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate (6.00 g, 60%) as a reddish solid. Ή-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.36 (3H, t, ./ 7.0 Hz), 1.95-2.20 (3H, m), 2.45- 2.60 (1H, m), 3.60-4.18 (2H, m), 4.20-4.43 (2H, m), 5.14-5.28 (0.6H, m), 5.54-5.70 (0.4H, m), 5.84-5.96 (0.4H, m), 6.25-6.46 (0.6H, m), 6.65-6.78 (2H, m), 6.82-7.00 (1H, m), 7.10-4.15 (lH, m), 7.50-7.85 (1H, m), 7.80-8.05 (1H, m), 8.12-8.35 (1H, m).
Step C: (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)acrylic acid
Figure imgf000165_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-ethyl-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylate (6.00 g, 15.1 mmol) in EtOH (56 mL) and water (19 ml.) was added lithium hydroxide hydrate (1.90 g, 45.2 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 5 hours and cooled to room temperature. After evaporation of EtOH, the residue was acidified with 2 N aq. HQ and diluted with EtOAc. A precipitated yellow solid was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc, dried under vacuum to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (5.58 g, >99%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-< 6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.80-2.14 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (1H, m), 3.35-3.88 (1H, m), 3.98-4.18 (IH, m), 5.28-5.53 (1H, m), 6.00-6.20 (IH, m), 6.50-6.70 (1H, m), 6.90-7.00 (IH, m), 7.01 -7.70 (3H, m), 8.05-8.20 (IH, m), 8.50-8.78 (IH, m), 11.95 (IH, s). MS: 371.03 ! X i! i ].
Step I): (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-acrylamide
Figure imgf000166_0001
To a solution of ( ,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (400 nig, 1.080 mmol) in DMF (2.1 mL) were added HATU (616 mg, 1.62 mmol) and DIPEA (0.472 mL, 2.70 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After addition of 2-aminoethanoi (66.0 mg, 1.08 mmol) at room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water twice and 1 N aq. NaOH, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc :MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-N-(2-hydrox\'ethyl)-acrylamide (279 mg, 62%) as a yellow solid, !H-NMR (DMSO- ,, Varian, 400 Mi l/): δ 1 ,82-2. 12 (3H, m), 2.40-2,50 ( H i. m), 3.20- 3.30 (3H, m), 3.33-3,52 (2H, m), 3.56-3.92 (2H, m), 3.95-4. 5 (IH, m), 5.23-5.62 (IH, m), 5,92- 6.43 (IH, m), 6.53-6,83 (IH, m), 6.90-7.55 (4H, m), 7,90-8.20 (IH, m), 8.50-8.80 (IH, m). MS: 414.1 j X i! i I Example 61; Preparation of Chemical Com oiiiad 49: (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- d¾fliiorephem4)pyrro¾idip-l-y¾)pyrazoio^,5-aj yri
one
Figure imgf000167_0001
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (3.00 g, 8.10 mmol) in DMF (16 mL) was added HATU (4.62 g, 12.1 mmol) and DiPEA (3,54 mL, 20,2 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. After addition of morpholine (1.05 mL, 12.1 mmol) at room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water twice, 1 N aq. NaOH and brine successively, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to EtOAciMeOH := 10: 1) to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2- (2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l-morpholinoprop-2-en-l - one (2.13 g, 60%) as a pink solid. 1H-NMR (DMSQ-tfe Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.86-2.40 (5H, m), 2.38-2.50 (1H, m), 3.40-3.70 (6H, m), 3.95-4.10 (1H, m), 5.24-5.40 (0.4H, m), 5.50-5.62 (0.6! 1. m), 5.95-6.18 (0.4H, m), 6.58-6.70 (0.6H, m), 6.71-6.85 (IH, m), 6.86-7.50 (5H, m), 8.05-8.30 M i l. m), 8.50-8.83 ( i l l. m). MS: 440.2 [ Mi l l.
Example 62: Preparation of Chemical Com oiiiad 50; (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- d¾fliiorephem4)pyrro¾idip-l-y¾)pyrazoio^,5-ajpyrm
1-osie
Figure imgf000168_0001
Step A: (R,E)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)-piperazine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000168_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (400 nig, 1.08 mmol) in DMF (2.2 mL) were added HATU (616 mg, 1.62 mmol) and DIPEA (0.472 mL, 2.70 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After addition of tert-butyl piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (201 mg, 1.08 mmol) at room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, while a yellow solid was formed. The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water twice and 1 N aq. NaOH, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 to DCMEtOAc = 1 : 10) to afford (R,E)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)-piperazine-l -carboxylate (413 mg, 71%) as a yellow solid. Ή-NM (CDC! .. Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.48 (9H, s). 1.95-2,09 (3H, m), 2.43-2,78 { 1 1 1, m), 3.20-4,00 (10H, m), 5.17 and 5.75 (IH, s+s), 5.85 and 6,34 (I B, s+s), 6.67 (1H, s), 6.91 (1H, s), 7.05 (IH, s), 7,32 (I H, s), 7.50-8.32 (3H, m).
Step B: (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolof l,5-alpyrimidin-3- yl)-l-(piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l -one
Figure imgf000169_0001
To a solution of (R,E)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylate (413 nig, 0,767 mmol) in DCM (3.8 mL) was added TFA (2.00 mL, 26,0 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, basified with saturated aq. NaHCCh, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 10: 1 to 5: 1) to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l-(piperazin-l -yl)prop-2-en-l -one (220 mg, 65%) as a pale yellow solid. l i-XMR (DMS()~£¾, Varian, 400 MHz): 6 1.86-2,40 (3H, m), 2.38-2.50 (IH, m), 2.64-2.80 (3H, m), 3.40-3.82 (7H, m), 3.95-4.10 (IH, m), 5.24-5.40 (0.4H, m), 5,50-5.62 (0.6H, m), 5.95-6, 18 (0.4H, m), 6.58-6.70 (0.6H, m), 6.71 -6.85 (IH, m), 6.86-7,00 (I H, m), 7.05-7.50 (3H, m), 8,05-8.25 (IH, m), 8.46-8.80 (IH, m). MS: 439.2 | M! 1 !.
atiosi of Chemical Compoiiiad 51; (R,E)-4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5- d¾fli¾orophesivI)pyrroIidi¾¾-l-yl) yrazo¾ojl,5-al pyrimidin-3-yl)acryIoyI)piperazin-2-one
Figure imgf000169_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (50.0 mg, 0.162 mmol) in DMF (0.68 mL) were added HATU (62,0 mg, 0.162 mmol) and DIPEA (0.0570 mL, 0.324 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After addition of piperazine-2-one (16.0 mg, 0.162 mmol) at room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, while a yellow solid was formed. The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water twice and 1 N aq. NaOH, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 to DCM: EtOAc = 1 : 10) to afford (R,E)-4- (3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)piperazin-2- one (52.0 mg, 85%) as a yellow solid.
MS: 453.1 [MET].
Figure imgf000170_0001
To a solution of l,4-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid (5.00 g, 15.1 mmol) and Na2C03 (5.79 g, 54.7 mmol) in water (49 mL) was added a solution of (t-Boc)20 (7.20 mL, 31.0 mmol) in THF (31 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was carefully acidified with 5 N aq. HC1 until pH = 1 and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na?S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford I,4-his(tert~ butoxycarbonyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid (5.00 g, 100%) as a white solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification, 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.44 and 1.48 ( 1 81 1. s and s), 2,83 (IH, br. s), 3.08-3,23 (2H, m), 3,84 (IH, dd, J = 17.2, 13,2 Hz), 4.01 (1H, br. s), 4.52-4.60 (1H, in), 4.75 (1H, s), 9.56 (1H, br. s).
Step B: 1,4-di-tert-butyl 2-methyl piperazine-l,2,4-tricarboxylate
Figure imgf000171_0001
To a solution of l,4-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid (4.88 g, 14.7 mmol) in DMF (49 mL) was added K2C03 (2.65 g, 19.2 mmol), and the mixture cooled to 0 °C. To the mixture was then slowly added methyl iodide (1.38 mL, 22.1 mmol). The reaction stirred was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4C1 (100 mL). The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 7: 1 to 5: 1 to 3: 1) to afford 1,4-di-tert-butyl 2-methyl piperazine- 1 ,2,4-tricarboxylate (5.09 g, 100%) as a pale brown viscous oil. 1H-NMR (CDCl3j Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.44 (18H, s), 2.80 (IH, br. s), 3.12- 3.24 ( i l l. m), 3.21 ( H I. br. s), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.80-4.10 (21 1. m), 4.48-4.73 (2H, m).
Step C: di-tert-butyl 2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperazine- ,4-dicarboxylate
Figure imgf000171_0002
To a solution of 1,4-di-tert-butyl 2-methyl piperazine- 1 ,2,4-tricarboxylate (5.09 g, 14.7 mmol) in dry THF (49 mL) was added methyimagnesiuni bromide (3.0 M in THF and tol, 31.7 mL, 44.3 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI, the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex:EtOAc = 5: 1 to 3: 1 to 2: 1) to afford di-tert-butyl 2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperazine-l,4- dicarboxylate (2.47 g, 48%) as a colorless viscous oil. Ή-NMR (CDCi3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.21 (3H, s), 1.31 (3H, s), 1.46 (18H, s), 3.01-3.38 (4H, m), 3.79-4.21 (4H, m).
Step D: 2-(piperazin-2-yl)propan-2-ol 2HC1
Figure imgf000172_0001
To a solution of di-tert-butyl 2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperazine-l.,4-dicarboxylate (2.47 g, 7.17 mmol) in MeOH (23 mL) was added HC1 (4 M solution in dioxane, 8.96 mL, 35.9 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, while a solid was precipitated. After concentration in vacuo, the residual solid was dried under vacuum to afford 2- (piperazin-2-yl)propan-2-ol 2HC1 (1.17 g, 75%) as a pale brown solid, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR (DMSO-i , Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1 .19 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, s), 2.97 (1H, t, J = 13.6 Hz), 3.20-3.34 (3H, m), 3.34-3.48 (2H, in), 3.53-3.56 (2H, m), 9.14 (IH, br. s), 9.60 (1 H, br. s), 9.89 (21 L br. s).
Step E: (E)-3-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)-l -(3-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperazin-l -yl)prop-2-en-l-one
Figure imgf000172_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolof l,5- a]pynmidin-3-yl)acrylie acid (67.0 mg, 0.181 mmol) in DMF (1.2 mL) was added HATU (89.0 mg, 0.235 mmol) and DIPEA (0.142 mL, 0.814 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and cooled to 0 °C. After addition of 2-(piperazin-2-yl)propan-2-ol 2HC1 (47.0 mg, 0.217 mmol) at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCMMeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-3-(5-((R)-2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l-(3-(2-hydroxypropan-2- yl)piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (64.0 mg, 71%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: 468.1 [MET]
Figure imgf000173_0001
AA mmiixxttuurree ooff ((RR,,EE))--33--((55--((22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll.--yyll))ppyyrraazzoolloo[[ll,,55--aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinn-- 33--yyll))--ll --((ppiippeerraazziinn--ll--yyll))pprroopp--22--eenn--ll--oonnee ((5500..00 mmgg,, 00..111144 mmmmooll)) aanndd ffoorrmmaallddeehhyyddee ( (wwaatteerr ssoolluuttiioonn 3377%%,, 00..001111 m mLL,, 00..114488 mmmmooll)) iinn MMeeOOHH ((11..11 m mLL)) wwaass ssttiirrrreedd aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree ffoorr 1100 mmiinn.. AAfftteerr aaddddiittiioonn ssooddiiuumm ccyyaannoobboorroohhyyddrriiddee ((1100..77 mmgg,, 00..117711 mmmmooll)) iinn aa oonnee ppoorrttiioonn,, tthhee rreeaaccttiioonn mmiixxttuurree wwaass ssttiirrrreedd ffoorr 11 hhoouurr aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree aanndd tthheenn qquueenncchheedd wwiitthh 22 NN aaqq.. NNaaOOHH ((11..4422 m mLL,, 22..8855 mmmmooll)).. TThhee mmiixxttuurree wwaass ssttiirrrreedd ffoorr 3300 mmiinn aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree aanndd eexxttrraacctteedd wwiitthh DDCCMM ttwwiiccee.. TThhee ccoommbbiinneedd oorrggaanniicc llaayyeerrss wwaass ddrriieedd oovveerr NNaa22SS00 ,, fifilltteerreedd aanndd ccoonncceennttrraatteedd iinn vvaaccuuoo.. TThhee rreessiidduuee wwaass ppuurriiffiieedd bbyy ccoolluummnn cchhrroommaattooggrraapphhyy oonn SSii0022 ( (DDCCMM::M MeeOOHH == 2200:: 11 ttoo 1100:: 11)) ttoo aaffffoorrdd ((RR,,EE))--33--((55--((22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll-- yyll))ppyyrraazzoolloo[[ll,,55--aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinn--33--yyli))--ll--((44--mmeetthhyylippiippeerraazziinn--ll--yyll))pprroopp--22--eenn--ll--oonnee ((4444..00 mmgg,, 8855%%)) aass aa yyeellllooww ssoolliidd.. 1H1H--NNMMRR ((CCDDCCII33,, VVaannaann,, 440000 MMHHzz)):: δδ 11..6655--11..8855 ((44HH,, mm)),, 22..3344 ((33HH,, ss)),, 22..4400--22..5522 ((55HH,, mm)),, 33..4400--44..2200 ((66HH,, mm)),, 55..2200 ((00..55HH,, ss)),, 55..7700--55..9922 ((1IHH,, mm)),, 66..3388 ((00..55HH,, ss)),, 66..6699 ((1IHH,, ss)),, 66..8822-- 77..1166 ((22HH,, mm)),, 77..6600--77..8822 ((IIHH,, mm)),, 77..9955 ((1IHH,, ss)),, 88..1100--88..4400 ((IIHH,, mm)).. MMSS:: 445533..11 [[MMHH++]]..
Figure imgf000173_0002
d¾fliiorephei¾yl)pyrro¾idi8¾-l-y¾)pyrazo
•yl)prop-2-en-l-one
Figure imgf000174_0001
A mixture of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-ajpyrimidin- 3-yl)-l -(piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (100 mg, 0.228 mmol) and acetaldehyde (129 μΕ, 0.228 mmol) in MeOH (1.1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 mm. After addition of sodium triacetoxyhydroborate (73.0 mg, 0.342 mmol) followed by acetic acid (261 μΕ, 4.56 mmol), the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then quenched with 2 N aq. NaOH (1.42 mL, 2.85 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1 to 15: 1) to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5~dif]uorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l-(4-ethylpiperazin-l -yl)prop-2-en-l-one (69.5 mg, 63%) as a yellow solid. . 1H-NMR (DMSO- , Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.83-2.00 (2H, m), 2.02-2.10 ( 1 1 1. m), 2.30-2,48 (6H, m), 3,40-3.70 (4H, m). 4.03 (21 1. q, J = 7.2 Hz), 5.35 and 5.59 (1H, s+s), 6.01 and 6.64 ( i l l. s+s), 6.76-6.79 (1 H, m), 7.05-7.21 ( 1 1 1. m), 7,23-7.48 (2H, m), 8. 13-8.23 (1 H, m), 8.54 and 8.74 (1H, s+s). MS : 467. 1 j X ii l j
Example 67; Preparation of Chemical Compound 55; (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrotidin-l-ynpyrazolo[l,5-alpyri^
yQprop-2-en-l-one
Figure imgf000175_0001
A mixture of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l -yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin- 3-yl)-l-(piperazin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l -one (50.0 mg, 0.114 mmol) and acetone (0.025 ml., 0.342 mmol) in MeOH (1.1 ml.) was stirred at room temperature for 10 mm. After addition of sodium cyanoborohydride (10.7 mg, 0.171 mmol) in a one portion, the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 hours and quenched with 2 N aq. NaOH (1.4 mL, 2.85 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 mm at room temperature and extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers was dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (DCM: MeOH = 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolofl,5-alpyrimidin-3-yl)-l -(4-isopropylpiperazin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one (46.3 mg, 84%) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.08 (6H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.95-2.36 (4H, m), 2.40-2.50 (5H, m), 2.70-2.78 (IH, m), 3.40-4.20 (6H, m), 5.18 (0.51 1. s), 5.65-5.92 (1H, m), 6.34 (0.5H, s), 6.69 (IH, s), 6.82-7.20 (2H, m), 7.60-7.82 (IH, m), 7.95 (IH, s), 8.10-8.40 (IH, m). MS: 481.1 [MH+],
Figure imgf000175_0002
Step A: tert-butyl 1,4-diazepane-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000176_0001
To a solution of 1 ,4-diazepane (1.00 g, 9.98 mmol) in DCM (22 mL) was added a solution of ( -Boc)20 (1.08 g, 4.99 mmol) in DCM (1 1 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in Et20 and extracted with 10% aq. citric acid solution. The aqueous layer was basified with solid K2CO3 until pH 11 and then extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 1 ,4-diazepane- 1- carboxylate (795 mg, 88%) as a yellow oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.47(9! {. s) 1.59 (IH, br. s), 1.74-1.80 (2H, m), 2.84-2.93 (4H, m), 3.39-3.51 (4H, m).
Step B: (R,E)-tert- butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)-l,4-diazepane-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000176_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (100 mg, 0.270 mmol) in DMF (1.8 mL) were added HATU (154 mg, 0.405 mmol), DIPEA (118 μΐ, 0.675 mmol) and tert-butyl 1,4-diazepane-l-carboxylate (65.0 mg, 0.324 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (Hex: EtOAc = 1 :4 to 1 :5) to afford (R,E)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)- ,4-diazepane- 1 - carboxylate (137 mg, 92%) as a yellow solid. Ή-NMR (DMSO-i 6, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 1.12- 1.43 (9H, m), 1.55-1 ,80 (2H, m), 1.81 -2.00 (3H, m), 2.32-2.50 ( i l l. m), 2.19-3.30 (3H, m), 3,38- 3.88 (7H, m), 4.00-4, 10 (IH, m), 5,32 and 5,95 (IH, s+s), 6.1 1 and 3.64 ( i l l. s+s), 6,67 (IH, s), 6.91 (IH, s), 7.05 (IH, s), 7.32 (IH, s), 7,50-8.32 (3H, m). Step C: (R,E)-l-(l,4-diazepan-l -yl)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one
Figure imgf000177_0001
To a solution of (R,E)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acryloyl)-l,4-diazepane-l-carboxylate (137 mg, 0,283 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added TFA (382 μΐ g, 4.96 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in water, neutralized with saturated aq. NaHC03 and washed with EtOAc, The separated aqueous layer was extracted with DCM twice. The combined organic layers (only DCM) were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (R,E)-l-(l ,4-diazepan-l -yl)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)prop-2-en-l -one (48.1 mg, 42%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: 453.1 [MH+].
Example 69: Preparation of Chemical Compound 57; (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidm-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-alpyrimidin-3-yl)-l-(4-hydroxypiperidin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
Figure imgf000177_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[ l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (100 mg, 0.270 mmol) in DMF (1.35 mL) was added HATU (0.133 g, 0.351 mmol) and DIPEA (0.118 mL, 0.675 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and cooled to 0 °C. After addition of piperidin-4-ol (0.0330 g, 0.324 mmol) at room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was diluted with DCM, washed with water and saturated aq. NaHCO-j, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc only to DCM:MeOH 20: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (R,E)-3- (5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l-(4-hydroxypiperidin- l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (120 mg, 98%) as a yellow foam. MS: 454.1 [MtT]
Figure imgf000178_0001
Step A: tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000178_0002
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-oxopiperidine-l-carboxylate (1.00 g, 5.02 mmol) in dr THF (25 mL) was added methylmagnesium chloride (2.17 mL, 6.52 mmol) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to 0 °C with stirring for 2 hours and quenched with saturated aq. NH4CI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc twice, and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4- methylpiperidine-l-carboxylate (1.08 g, >99%) as a colorless oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification. !H-NMR (CDCI3, Vanan, 400 MHz): δ 1.27 (3H, s), 1.46 (91 !. s), 1.50-1.58 (4H, m), 3.20-3.27 (2H, m), 3.64-3.76 (2H, m).
Step B: 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000179_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-l-carboxylate (1 .08 g, 5.02 mmol) in DCM was added TFA (1.93 mL, 25.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After basified with saturated aq. NaHC03, the separated aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo (The compound was dissolved in aqueous layer). The residue was diluted with MeOH and then filtered through a Si02 pad while washing with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-methylpiperidin-4-ol (235 mg, 40%) as a viscous oil, which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step C: (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yl)- 1 -(4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperi in- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one
Figure imgf000179_0002
TToo aa ssoolluuttiioonn ooff ((RR,,EE))--33--((55--((22--((22,,55--ddiifflluuoorroopphheennyyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll --yyll))ppyyrraazzoollooff ll,,55-- aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinn--33--yyll))aacciiyylliicc aacciidd ((110000 mmgg,, 00..227700 mmmmooll)) iinn DDMMFF ((11..3355 mmLL)) wwaass aaddddeedd HHAATTUU ((113333
1155 mmgg,, 00..335511 mmmmooll)) aanndd DDIIPPEEAA ((00..116655 mmLL,, 00..994455 mmmmooll)) aatt 00 °°CC.. TThhee mmiixxttuurree wwaass ssttiirrrreedd ffoorr 11 hhoouurr aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree aanndd ccoooolleedd ttoo 00 °°CC.. AAfftteerr aaddddiittiioonn ooff ccrruuddee 44--mmeetthhyyllppiippeerriiddiinn--44--ooll ((00..115555 gg,, 11..3355 mmmmooll)) aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree,, tthhee rreeaaccttiioonn mmiixxttuurree wwaass ssttiirrrreedd aatt rroooomm tteemmppeerraattuurree ffoorr 44 hhoouurrss.. AAfftteerr ccoonncceennttrraattiioonn iinn vvaaccuuoo,, tthhee rreessiidduuee wwaass ddiilluutteedd wwiitthh DDCCMM,, wwaasshheedd wwiitthh wwaatteerr aanndd ssaattuurraatteedd aaqq.. NNaaHHCC00 ,, ddrriieedd oovveerr NNaa22SS0044,, ffiilltteerreedd aanndd ccoonncceennttrraatteedd iinn vvaaccuuoo.. TThhee rreessiidduuee
2200 wwaass ppuurriiffiieedd bbyy ccoolluummnn cchhrroommaattooggrraapphhyy oonn SSii0022 ((EEttOOAAcc oonnllyy ttoo DDCCMM::MMeeOOHH 2200:: 11)) ttoo aaffffoorrdd ((RR,,EE))--33--((55--((22--((22,,55--ddiiflfluuoorroopphheennyyll))ppyyrrrroolliiddiinn--ll--yyll))ppyyrraazzoolloo[[ll,,55--aa]]ppyyrriimmiiddiinn--33--yyll))--ll--((44--hhyyddrrooxxyy-- 44--mmeetthhyyllppiippeerriiddiinn--ll--yyll))pprroopp--22--eenn--ll--oonnee ((112266 mmgg,, 110000%%)) aass aa ppaallee yyeellllooww ffooaamm.. MMSS:: 446688..11 [[MMHH++]],,
Figure imgf000179_0003
l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
Figure imgf000180_0001
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (70.0 mg, 0.189 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) were added HATU (108 mg, 0.284 mmol), DIPEA (99.0 μΐ, 0.567 mmol) and (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (49.0 mg, 0.567 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4CI and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH ==: 30: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-3-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[ 1 , 5 -a] pyrimidm-3 -yl)- 1 ~((R)-3 -hy droxypyrrolidin- 1 -y l)prop-2-en- 1 -one (15.0 mg, 18%) as a yellow solid. MS: 440.2 [ Mi l I
Figure imgf000180_0002
To a solution of (R,E)-3-(5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)acrylic acid (70.0 mg, 0.189 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) were added HATU (108 mg, 0.284 mmol), DIPEA (99.0 μΐ, 0.567 mmol) and (S)-pyrrolidin-3-oi (49.0 mg, 0.567 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with saturated aq. NH4G and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (EtOAc:MeOH ==: 30: 1 to 10: 1) to afford (E)-3-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pynmidm-3-yi)-l~((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidm-l-yi)prop-2-en~l~one (15.0 mg, 18%) as a yellow solid. MS: 440.2 [ Mi l I
Figure imgf000181_0001
A solution of 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3-iodopyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine (456 mg, 1.070 mmol), l-morpholinoprop-2-yn-l-one (223 mg, 1.60 mmol) and PdCl2(PPri3)2 (75.0 mg, 0.107 mmol) and copper(I) iodide (20.0 mg, 0.107 mmol) in TEA (5.0 niL) and THF (5.0 mL) was stirred at 70 °C for 12 hours. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography on Si02 (I lex :!·'·() Ac = 1 : 1 to EtOAc only) to afford 3-(5-(2-(2,5- difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrazolo[ ,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-l -morpholinoprop-2-yn- 1 -one (45.7 mg, 9.7%) as an orange solid. 1H-NMR (CDC13, Varian, 400 MHz): δ 2,05-2.20 (3H, m), 2.24-2.60 (IH, m), 3.58-4,20 (10H, m), 5, 18 and 5.73 (1H, s+s), 5,88 and 6.36 (1H, s+s), 6,69 (1H, br. s), 6.94 (1H, br. s), 7.13 (IH, br. s), 7,44-7.77 (IH, m), 8.15-8.50 (1H, m). MS: 438.3
[MET] .
Example 74: TRK A, B &€ kinase Assay
ADP-Glo assay kit was purchased from Promega. poly (Glu, Tyr), Magnesium sulfate.
Bovine serum albumin (BSA) and dimethyisulfoxide(DMSO) were purchased from Sigma- Aldrich. Tris-HCl buffer was purchased from BD Gentest. HTRF KinEASE-TK kit was purchased from cisbio. TRK A, B & C kinase was purchased from Carna bioscience.
Kinase assay was performed for Chemical Compounds 1-61 using two methods using luminescent ADP-Glo assay kit (Promega) and HTRF KinEASE-TK assay kit (cisbio). The luminescent ADP-Glo assay kit (Promega) measures ADP formed from a kinase reaction. ADP converted into ATP, which is then converted into light by Ultra-Glo luciferase. The HTRF KmEASE-TK assay kit (cisbio) measures tyrosine kinase activities using one substrate and a universal detection system.
ADP-Glo assay kit (promega)
The protein kinase assay was performed for Chemical Compounds 1-61 at 30hemical
Compounds 1 -61 using one substrate and a universal detection svstem.tion. ADP converted into ATP, which ich. cl concentrations are 0.4 ng/ul of TrKA, 0.5 ng/ul of TrKB and 3 ng/ul of TrKC, respectively), 5 μΕ of 1 ug/ul stock solution of polyiglu, Tyr), 5 μΕ of compounds or assay buffer, 5 μΤ of ATP (125 μΜ stock solution). The assay was started by incubating the reaction mixture in a 96-well plate at 30°C for 1 hr. After the incubation, the assay was terminated by the addition of 25 plate at 30°C for 1 hr. verted into ATP, which ich. cl concentrations are 0.4 ng/ul of TrKA, 0.5 ng/ul Then 50 e incuKinase Detection Reagent was added, and the 96-well plate was shaken and then incubated for additional 30 min at ambient temperature. The 96-well reaction plate was then read on an Enspire plate reader. The IC50 values were derived through a curve fitting using SigmaPlot.
HTRF KinEASE-TK assay kit (cisbio)
The HTRF KinEASE-TK assay was performed for Chemical Compounds 1 -61 in 384- well low volume microplate (Greiner). The HTRF KinEASE-TK assay format involves the two steps. The first step is kinase reaction step. This kinase reaction step was performed at RT (room temperature) in final volume of 1 Oul according to the following assay reaction recipe: 1 Oul of kinase mixture (Kinase (2ul) + ATP (2ul) + Substrate (2ul) + Compound (4ul)). Kinase final concentrations were 0.3ng/ul of TRKA, 0.1 ng/ul of TRKB, 0.03ng/uf of TRKC, respectively . ATP final concentrations were 14.7uM (TRKA), 4.77uM (TRKB), 25.6uM (TRKC) respectively. TK-substrate final concentration was 0.3ng/ul. The mixtures exposed to Dose response concentration (DRC) compound from 0 to 1 OOnM for 40min. During the kinase reaction step, the kinase reaction was started by the addition of ATP. Kinase phosphory fates the substrate.
The second is detection step. lOui of detection reagents (5ul Sa-XL 665 in EDTA + 5ui TK Antibody-Eu in EDTA) was added to kinase mixture. This step was performed at room temperature for lhr. The detection reagent detects phosphoryiated substratse.
Finally 384- well reaction plate was then read on FlexStation 3 machine. The fluorescence was measured at 620nm (Cryptate) and 665nm (XL665). A ratio is ca lculated (655/620) xlO4 for each well. The IC50 value was derived through a curve fitting using GraphPad Prism. Table 1 below includes the results of the assays.
.en proliferation assays
Doxorubicin was purchased from Sigma Aldrich (D1515). All compounds were diluted in DMSO (Sigma Aldrich, D2650). AlamarBlue® cell viability reagent was purchased from Thermo Scientific (88952). CellTiter 96® AQueous One Solution Cell proliferation assay was purchased from Promega. KM12-luc cells were obtained from JCRB (National Institute of Health Sciences, Tokyo, Japan). They were maintained in DMEM medium (GIB-1 1965-118) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Gibco, 16000-044) and MEM Non-Essential Amino Acids Solution (Thermo Scientific, 1 1 140-050). TF-1 cells were obtained from ATCC. They were maintained in RPMI medium (GIB-A10491) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Gibco, 16000-044), GM-CSF (Thermo Scientific, 1 1 140-050), and β-NGF (R&D systems). TrypsinTiDTA was purchased from Gibco (GIB-25300-054, 0.05%). 96-weil plates were purchased from Corning Inc.
Cell Proliferation Assay
The proliferation assay was performed for Chemical Compounds 1-61 s in media supplemented with 10 % FBS, using AlamarBlue® cell viability reagent or CellTiter 96®
AQueous One Solution Cell proliferation assay kit. Cells were cultured in humidified 37 °C incubator with 5 % C02. To evaluate the antiproliferation activity of compounds, TF-1 cells were adjusted to GM-CSF free media(RPMI, 10% FBS, and 1% penicillin-streptomycin) for 16 hr and were seeded in 96- well plates at 30,000 cells/well with medium (RPMI, 10% FBS, 1 % penicillin-streptomycin and 10 ng/ml human β-NGF). KM12-luc were seeded at 10,000 cells per well into 96-well plates. After overnight incubation, serial dilutions of compounds were added to triplicate wells, and cells were exposed for 72 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was adjusted to 0.5 % in media. Quantitation of cell growth was assessed using two kinds of reagent. 20 ul of AlamarBlue® reagent in an amount equal to 10% of the culture volume was added to each well and were incubated in humidified 37 °C incubator with 5 % C02 for 2 hr. Otherwise,
20 ul of CellTiter 96® reagent was added to each well and were incubated in the same conditions as previously described. Data were plotted, and GI50 values were calculated using GraphPad software. Table 1 below includes the results of the assays.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001

Claims

What Is Claimed Is:
1. A compound of Formula I or a salt thereof:
Figure imgf000195_0001
Formula ί
1 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy], linear C1 -C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 alkyl, linear C1 -C4 alkoxy, and branched C1 -C4 alkoxy;
R ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1.-C4 alkyl and branched linear C1-C4 alkyl;
X is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH20- and -CH(Z)-, wherein Z is halogen; and
Q is selected from the group consisting of -CH=CR3C(0)NR4R5,
Figure imgf000195_0002
wherein RJ is hydrogen or halogen,
wherein -NR4 R5 either forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring or does not form a ring structure, the heterocylic ring being either heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring,
wherein when ~NR4R5 forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the 4-7
membered heterocyclic ring includes an optional second heteroatom in addition to the nitrogen of -NR4R"'' and is optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 alkyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl, hvdroxyl, carboxylic acid, linear C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid, and branched C1-C4 alkyl carboxylic acid branched,
wherein when -NR4R5 does not form a ring structure, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1.-C6 alkyl and branched C1-C6 alkyl, and R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1 -C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, branched C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxyl, and C1-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with at least one fluorine or at least one hydroxy!,
wherein Y1, Y2, Y and Y4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -CH, N, O, S, -CR6, and -NR6,
wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C4 alkyl, branched C1-C4 aikyl, 5-6 membered aryi ring, 5-6 membered heteroaiyl ring, 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3-7 membered cycloalkyl ring, -NHCO-(aryl ring), and -CH2CO-(C3-C6 membered heterocylic ring).
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R1 a phenyl ring substituted with one or more substituent groups are independently selected from the group consisting of fluorine, methoxy and ethoxy, wherein R2 and R3 are H, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, z'sopropyl, cyclopropyl, i-butyl, methoxyethyl and hydroxyethyl.
3. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R1 is a pyridine ring substituted with at least one selected from the group consisting of fluorine and methoxy, wherein R and R" are H, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, «Ό-propyL cyclopropyl, t- butyl, methoxyethyl and hydroxyethyl.
4. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R! is a pyrid-2-on-3-yl ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
5. The compound of Claim 1, wherein when -NR4R5 does not form a ring structure, * is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear C1-C6 alkyl and branched C1 -C6 alkyl, and R5 is selected from the group consisting of linear C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, branched C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, Smear C1-C6 difluoroalkyl, branched C1 -C6 difluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6
trifluoroalkyl, branched C1 -C6 trifluoroalkyl, linear C1-C6 hyroxyalkyl, branched C1-C6 liyroxyalkyl, linear C2-C6 difluoroalkyl, and branched C2-C6 difluoroalkyl.
6. The compound of Claim I, wherem -NR R~ forming a 4-7 membered heterocylic ring is a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
7. The compound of Claim 1, wherein when -NR4R5' forms a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring, the second heteroatom in the 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
8. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000197_0001
Formula II.
9. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000197_0002
Formula III.
10. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000197_0003
Formula IV.
11. The compound of Claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from group consisting of Chemical Compounds 1-10:
Figure imgf000198_0001
Chemical Compound
Figure imgf000198_0002
Chemical Compound 2
Figure imgf000198_0003
Chemical Compound 3
Figure imgf000198_0004
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000199_0002
Chemical Compound 6
Figure imgf000199_0003
Figure imgf000199_0004
Figure imgf000200_0001
Chemical Compound 9
Figure imgf000200_0002
Chemical Compound 10
12. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of Chemical Compounds 1 1 -20:
Figure imgf000200_0003
Figure imgf000200_0004
Figure imgf000201_0001
Chemical Compound 13
Figure imgf000201_0002
Chemical Compound 14
Figure imgf000201_0003
Chemical Compound 15
Figure imgf000201_0004
Chemical Compound 16
Figure imgf000202_0001
Chemical Compound 17
Figure imgf000202_0002
Chemical Compound 18
Figure imgf000202_0003
Chemical Compound 19
Figure imgf000202_0004
Chemical Compound 20
13. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of Chemical Compounds 21-30:
Figure imgf000203_0001
Chemical Compound 21
Figure imgf000203_0002
Chemical Compound 22
Chemical Compound 23
Figure imgf000203_0004
Chemical Compound 24
Figure imgf000203_0005
Chemical Compound 25
Figure imgf000204_0001
Chemical Compound 26
Figure imgf000204_0002
Chemical Compound 27
Figure imgf000204_0003
Chemical Compound 29
Figure imgf000205_0001
Chemical Compound 30
14. The compound of Claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula ί is selected from group consisting of Chemical Compounds 31 -40:
Figure imgf000205_0002
Chemical Compound 31
Figure imgf000205_0003
Chemical Compound 32
Figure imgf000205_0004
Chemical Compound 33
Figure imgf000206_0001
Chemical Compound 34
Figure imgf000206_0002
Chemical Compound 35
Figure imgf000206_0003
Chemical Compound 36
Figure imgf000206_0004
Chemical Compound 37
Figure imgf000206_0005
Chemical Compound 38
Figure imgf000207_0001
Chemical Compound 39
Figure imgf000207_0002
Chemical Compound 40
15. The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from group consisting of Chemical Compounds 41-50:
Figure imgf000207_0003
Chemical Compound 41
Figure imgf000207_0004
Chemical Compound 42
Figure imgf000208_0001
Chemical Compound 43
Figure imgf000208_0002
Chemical Compound 44
Figure imgf000208_0003
Chemical Compound 45
Figure imgf000208_0004
Chemical Compound 46
Figure imgf000208_0005
Chemical Compound 47
15
Figure imgf000209_0001
Chemical Compound 48
Figure imgf000209_0002
Chemical Compound 50
16. The compound of Claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula ί is selected from the group consisting of Chemical Compounds 41 -50:
Figure imgf000209_0003
Chemical Compound 51
Figure imgf000210_0001
Chemical Compound 52
Figure imgf000210_0002
Chemical Compound 5:
Figure imgf000210_0003
Chemical Compound 54
Figure imgf000210_0004
Chemical Compound 55
Figure imgf000210_0005
Chemical Compound 56
15
Figure imgf000211_0001
Chemical Compound 57
Figure imgf000211_0002
Chemical Compound
Figure imgf000211_0003
Chemical Compound 59
Figure imgf000211_0004
Chemical Compound 60
Figure imgf000211_0005
Chemical Compound 61
17. The compound of Claim 1 , wherein the salt is selected from the group consisting of acetate, benzoate, besylate, bitartrate, bromide, carbonate, chloride, edetate, edisvlate, estolate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, iodide, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methyl bromide, methyl sulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, oxalate, pamoate, phosphate, diphosphate, salicylate, disalicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosyiate, triethiodide, trifluoroacetate and valerate.
18. A method of treating or prophylaxis of a TRK mediated disease selected from the group consisting of papillarv' thyroid carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, breast carcinoma, neuroblastoma, pain, cachexia, dermatitis and asthma, the method comprising:
administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such treatment.
19. A method of inhibiting a TRK enzyme, the method comprising:
administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need of such inhibition.
PCT/IB2015/002521 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors WO2016097869A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2015365587A AU2015365587B2 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as TRK inhibitors
CN201580075880.1A CN107207514B (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused heteroaryl compounds and their use as TRK inhibitors
FIEP15869420.8T FI3233863T3 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
KR1020247012821A KR20240055170A (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
RU2017125025A RU2708674C2 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Condensed ring heteroaryl compounds and use thereof as trk inhibitors
KR1020177018519A KR102659741B1 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
EP15869420.8A EP3233863B1 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
EP24169331.6A EP4420732A2 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
MX2017007748A MX2017007748A (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors.
CA2971024A CA2971024C (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors
BR112017012755-5A BR112017012755B1 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 TRK INHIBITOR FUSED RING HETEROARYL COMPOUNDS
JP2017533343A JP6609631B2 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and uses as TRK inhibitors
DK15869420.8T DK3233863T3 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 FUSED RING HETERORAYL COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE AS TRK INHIBITORS

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462092193P 2014-12-15 2014-12-15
US62/092,193 2014-12-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016097869A1 true WO2016097869A1 (en) 2016-06-23
WO2016097869A4 WO2016097869A4 (en) 2016-08-04

Family

ID=56110505

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2015/002521 WO2016097869A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2015-12-14 Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as trk inhibitors

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US9701681B2 (en)
EP (2) EP4420732A2 (en)
JP (1) JP6609631B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20240055170A (en)
CN (1) CN107207514B (en)
AU (1) AU2015365587B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112017012755B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2971024C (en)
DK (1) DK3233863T3 (en)
FI (1) FI3233863T3 (en)
MX (1) MX2017007748A (en)
RU (1) RU2708674C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2016097869A1 (en)

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018081417A3 (en) * 2016-10-26 2018-06-07 Qian Zhao PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINES AND SALTS THEREOF
WO2018152134A1 (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-23 Research Triangle Institute Proline-based neuropeptide ff receptor modulators
US10246466B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2019-04-02 Tp Therapeutics, Inc. Diaryl macrocycles as modulators of protein kinases
CN109593803A (en) * 2018-12-24 2019-04-09 上海健康医学院 (R) preparation method of -2- (2,5- difluorophenyl) pyrrolidines or its salt
US10316044B2 (en) 2015-07-02 2019-06-11 Tp Therapeutics, Inc. Chiral diaryl macrocycles as modulators of protein kinases
CN109890820A (en) * 2016-10-28 2019-06-14 正大天晴药业集团股份有限公司 Amino-pyrazol as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitor and pyrimidine compound
WO2019118584A1 (en) * 2017-12-15 2019-06-20 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-3-(1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
US10590139B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2020-03-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Method of treatment using substituted imidazo[1,2b]pyridazine compounds
US10588908B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-03-17 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US10647730B2 (en) 2010-05-20 2020-05-12 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as TRK kinase inhibitors
US10655186B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2020-05-19 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10668072B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-06-02 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
WO2020114499A1 (en) * 2018-12-07 2020-06-11 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Tyrosine kinase inhibitors, compositions and methods there of
US10688100B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2020-06-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocylic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
CN111362946A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-03 上海度德医药科技有限公司 Pharmaceutical compound and composition and application thereof
US10758542B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2020-09-01 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
US10774085B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2020-09-15 Array Biopharma Inc. Method of treatment using substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A] pyrimidine compounds
US10799505B2 (en) 2014-11-16 2020-10-13 Array Biopharma, Inc. Crystalline form of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide hydrogen sulfate
WO2021083345A1 (en) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 先声药业有限公司 Preparation method for pyrazolopyrimidine compound and intermediate thereof
WO2021211882A1 (en) * 2020-04-15 2021-10-21 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. Methods for preparing tyrosine receptor kinase inhibitors
US11214571B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-01-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Process for the preparation of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and salts thereof
KR20220064248A (en) 2020-11-11 2022-05-18 주식회사 한독 A manufacturing method of TRK inhibitor compounds
EP3932923A4 (en) * 2019-03-19 2022-06-01 Central China Normal University Pyrazolopyrimidine compound, pharmaceutical composition, and application therefor
US11459332B2 (en) 2018-03-14 2022-10-04 Fochon Biosciences, Ltd. Substituted 2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanes as TRK kinases inhibitors
RU2781618C2 (en) * 2018-03-14 2022-10-14 Фочон Байосайенсис, Лтд. Substituted (2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2-yl)pyrazolo[1.5-a]pyrimidine and imidazo[1.2-b]pyridazine compounds as trk kinase inhibitors

Families Citing this family (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2995997A1 (en) 2015-08-26 2017-03-02 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compounds and compositions useful for treating disorders related to ntrk
CN108431008A (en) 2015-11-19 2018-08-21 蓝图药品公司 It can be used for treating the compound and composition with the relevant illnesss of NTRK
US10738033B2 (en) 2017-05-31 2020-08-11 Nantbio, Inc. Trk inhibition
US10800760B2 (en) 2017-05-31 2020-10-13 Nantbio, Inc. Trk inhibition
MA50456A (en) 2017-10-26 2020-09-02 Array Biopharma Inc MACROCYCLIC KINASE TRK INHIBITOR FORMULATIONS
CN108218754B (en) * 2018-01-23 2021-05-07 广东赛烽医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2- (2,5-difluorophenyl) pyrrolidine
JP7323748B2 (en) * 2018-02-28 2023-08-09 ナンジン ザイミン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド Pyrazolopyrimidine derivative and use thereof
CA3095366A1 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-10-03 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Treatment of trk-associated cancers
CN108484361B (en) * 2018-05-11 2022-09-30 弈柯莱生物科技(上海)股份有限公司 (S) -4-chloro-1- (2,5) -difluorophenylbutan-1-ol and preparation method and application thereof
CN110294761B (en) * 2018-06-08 2020-09-08 南京雷正医药科技有限公司 Substituted pyrazolo [1,5-a ] pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
WO2019233461A1 (en) * 2018-06-08 2019-12-12 江苏威凯尔医药科技有限公司 Tropomyosin receptor kinase inhibitor, preparation method therefor and use thereof
CN110577532B (en) 2018-06-08 2022-06-03 江苏威凯尔医药科技有限公司 Tropomyosin receptor kinase inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
GB201811825D0 (en) 2018-07-19 2018-09-05 Benevolentai Bio Ltd Organic compounds
CN108794370A (en) * 2018-07-31 2018-11-13 上海弈柯莱生物医药科技有限公司 A kind of preparation method for drawing sieve to replace Buddhist nun's intermediate
CN110857304B (en) * 2018-08-24 2021-05-18 北京富龙康泰生物技术有限公司 Trk inhibitor, preparation method and application thereof
CN109053525B (en) * 2018-09-25 2020-05-05 成都福柯斯医药技术有限公司 Preparation method of (R) -2- (2-substituted-5-fluorobenzene) pyrrolidine
EP3866789A4 (en) * 2018-10-15 2022-07-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
CN111138333B (en) * 2018-11-02 2023-05-23 上海复星星泰医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of (R) -2- (2, 5-difluorophenyl) -pyrrolidine
CN111302995A (en) * 2018-12-12 2020-06-19 上海复星星泰医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2- (2, 5-difluorophenyl) -pyrrolidine racemate
JP7420403B2 (en) * 2019-05-08 2024-01-23 ティーワイケー メディシンズ インコーポレーテッド Compounds used as kinase inhibitors and their applications
CN114258394B (en) * 2019-08-28 2024-04-23 南京再明医药有限公司 Crystal form of oncogenic fusion kinase inhibitor and application thereof
CN112979654B (en) * 2019-12-16 2024-03-19 赛诺哈勃药业（成都）有限公司 Heteroaryl fused ring compounds, preparation method and application thereof
CA3163585A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2021-07-29 Benevolentai Bio Limited Pharmaceutical compositions and their uses
CN111302997B (en) * 2020-04-15 2022-03-29 江苏恒沛药物科技有限公司 Method for preparing Raatinib intermediate by one-pot method
CN111393347B (en) * 2020-04-30 2020-11-17 安徽德信佳生物医药有限公司 Synthetic method of ralotinib intermediate
CN115551863A (en) * 2020-06-11 2022-12-30 贝达药业股份有限公司 Salt form, crystal form, pharmaceutical composition and application of tyrosine kinase inhibitor
CN114437075A (en) * 2020-11-03 2022-05-06 上海瑶琪生物科技有限公司 Compounds useful as inhibitors of NTRK kinase and uses thereof
CN116102464A (en) * 2021-11-10 2023-05-12 凯特立斯（深圳）科技有限公司 Method for preparing amino alcohol by asymmetric hydrogenation and application thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006074A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Array Biopharma Inc. SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS TRK KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2011029027A1 (en) 2009-09-03 2011-03-10 Array Biopharma Inc. SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS mTOR INHIBITORS
WO2011146336A1 (en) 2010-05-20 2011-11-24 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as trk kinase inhibitors
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX2010012457A (en) * 2008-05-13 2010-12-07 Irm Llc Fused nitrogen containing heterocycles and compositions thereof as kinase inhibitors.
BRPI0919873B8 (en) 2008-10-22 2021-05-25 Array Biopharma Inc substituted pyrazol[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as trk kinase inhibitors, their preparation processes and pharmaceutical compositions
AU2009308675A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Genentech, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine JAK inhibitor compounds and methods
NZ630721A (en) * 2012-03-09 2016-12-23 Lexicon Pharmaceuticals Inc Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-based compounds, compositions comprising them, and methods of their use

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006074A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Array Biopharma Inc. SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS TRK KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2011029027A1 (en) 2009-09-03 2011-03-10 Array Biopharma Inc. SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS mTOR INHIBITORS
WO2011146336A1 (en) 2010-05-20 2011-11-24 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as trk kinase inhibitors
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Method in Enzymology", vol. 42, 1985, ACADEMIC, pages: 309 - 396
BARDELLI, A, SCIENCE, vol. 300, 2003, pages 949
BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BRODEUR, G.M., NAT. REV. CANCER, vol. 3, 2003, pages 203 - 216
BUNDGAARD, H., ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY REVIEW, vol. 8, 1992, pages 1 - 38
BUNDGAARD, H: "VOGEL'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", 1991, LONGMAN SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL LTD., article "Design and Application of Prodrugs", pages: 113 - 191
CAREYSUNDBERG: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", vol. A,B, 2000, PLENUM PRESS
DANG ET AL., J OF GASTROENTEROLOGY AND HEPATOLOGY, vol. 21, no. 5, 2006, pages 850 - 858
DELAFOY, L ET AL., PAIN, vol. 105, 2003, pages 489 - 497
DI MOLA, F.F, GUT, vol. 46, no. 5, 2000, pages 670 - 678
DIONNE ET AL., CLIN. CANCER RES., vol. 4, no. 8, 1998, pages 1887 - 1898
DOU, Y.C., ARCHIVES OF DERMATOLOGICAL RESEARCH, vol. 298, no. 1, 2006, pages 31 - 37
ERIC ADRIAENSSENS, E ET AL., CANCER RES, vol. 68, no. 2, 2008, pages 346 - 351
FREUND-MICHEL, V, PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS, vol. 117, no. 1, 2008, pages 52 - 76
GOODMANGILMAN: "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 1996, MACK PUBLISHING CO.
HELLER, ACC. CHEM. RES., vol. 23, 1990, pages 128
HU VIVIAN Y, THE JOURNAL OF UROLOGY, vol. 173, no. 3, 2005, pages 1016 - 1021
JAGGAR, S.I. ET AL., BR. J. ANAESTH., vol. 83, 1999, pages 442 - 448
KRUETTGEN ET AL., BRAIN PATHOLOGY, vol. 16, 2006, pages 304 - 310
LAMB, K ET AL., NEUROGASTROENTEROL. MOTIL., vol. 15, 2003, pages 355 - 361
LI, C.-Q. ET AL., MOLECULAR PAIN, vol. 4, no. 28, 2008, pages 1 - 11
MA, Q.P.WOOLF, C. J., NEUROREPORT, vol. 8, 1997, pages 807 - 810
MARCHETTI ET AL., HUMAN MUTATION, vol. 29, no. 5, 2008, pages 609 - 616
MATAYOSHI, S., J. PHYSIOL., vol. 569, 2005, pages 685 - 695
MCMAHON, S.B. ET AL., NAT. MED., vol. 1, 1995, pages 774 - 780
MEYER, J. ET AL., LEUKEMIA, 2007, pages 1 - 10
NAKAGAWARA, A, CANCER LETTERS, vol. 169, 2001, pages 107 - 114
PATAPOUTIAN, A ET AL., CURRENT OPINION IN NEUROBIOLOGY, vol. 11, 2001, pages 272 - 280
PIEROTTIA, M.A., GRECO A. CANCER LETTERS, vol. 232, 2006, pages 90 - 98
RAYCHAUDHURI, S.P., J. INVESTIGATIVE DERMATOLOGY, vol. 122, no. 3, 2004, pages 812 - 819
SHELTON, D.L. ET AL., PAIN, vol. 116, 2005, pages 8 - 16
SOHRABJI, F, NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY, vol. 27, no. 4, 2006, pages 404 - 414
THOMPSON, S.W., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 96, 1999, pages 7714 - 7718
VAISHNAVI, A, NATURE MEDISINE, vol. 19, no. 11, 2013, pages 1469 - 1472
WOOLF, C.J. ET AL., NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 62, 1994, pages 327 - 331
ZAHN, P.K. ET AL., J. PAIN, vol. 5, 2004, pages 157 - 163

Cited By (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10590139B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2020-03-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Method of treatment using substituted imidazo[1,2b]pyridazine compounds
US10774085B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2020-09-15 Array Biopharma Inc. Method of treatment using substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A] pyrimidine compounds
US11267818B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2022-03-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Method of treatment using substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a] pyrimidine compounds
US10758542B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2020-09-01 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
US10647730B2 (en) 2010-05-20 2020-05-12 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as TRK kinase inhibitors
US10246466B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2019-04-02 Tp Therapeutics, Inc. Diaryl macrocycles as modulators of protein kinases
US10618912B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2020-04-14 Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Diaryl macrocycles as modulators of protein kinases
US10799505B2 (en) 2014-11-16 2020-10-13 Array Biopharma, Inc. Crystalline form of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide hydrogen sulfate
US10813936B2 (en) 2014-11-16 2020-10-27 Array Biopharma, Inc. Crystalline form of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-YL)-pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidin-3-YL)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide hydrogen sulfate
US10316044B2 (en) 2015-07-02 2019-06-11 Tp Therapeutics, Inc. Chiral diaryl macrocycles as modulators of protein kinases
US10907215B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2021-02-02 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10655186B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2020-05-19 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10724102B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2020-07-28 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10588908B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-03-17 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US10668072B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-06-02 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US11191766B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2021-12-07 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US11484535B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2022-11-01 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a] pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US11214571B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-01-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Process for the preparation of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and salts thereof
CN110267958A (en) * 2016-10-26 2019-09-20 阿雷生物药品公司 The method for preparing pyrazolo [1,5-a] pyrimidine and its salt
US11091486B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2021-08-17 Array Biopharma, Inc Process for the preparation of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines and salts thereof
WO2018081417A3 (en) * 2016-10-26 2018-06-07 Qian Zhao PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINES AND SALTS THEREOF
CN109890820B (en) * 2016-10-28 2020-11-03 正大天晴药业集团股份有限公司 Aminopyrazolopyrimidine compounds as neurotrophin tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitors
CN109890820A (en) * 2016-10-28 2019-06-14 正大天晴药业集团股份有限公司 Amino-pyrazol as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitor and pyrimidine compound
KR102616249B1 (en) * 2016-10-28 2023-12-21 치아타이 티안큉 파마수티컬 그룹 주식회사 Amino pyrazolopyrimidine compounds used as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitors.
EP3533796A4 (en) * 2016-10-28 2020-06-03 Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Amino pyrazolopyrimidine compound used as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitor
US10829492B2 (en) 2016-10-28 2020-11-10 Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Amino pyrazolopyrimidine compound used as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitor
KR20190067913A (en) * 2016-10-28 2019-06-17 치아타이 티안큉 파마수티컬 그룹 주식회사 Aminopyrazolopyrimidine compounds used as inhibitors of tyrosine kinase receptors which are neurotrophic factors
RU2764523C2 (en) * 2016-10-28 2022-01-18 Чиа Тай Тянцин Фармасьютикал Груп Ко., Лтд. Aminopyrazolopyrimidine compound used as inhibitor of tyrosine kinase receptor of neurotrophic factor
AU2017348826B2 (en) * 2016-10-28 2021-12-02 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Amino pyrazolopyrimidine compound used as neurotrophic factor tyrosine kinase receptor inhibitor
US11826350B2 (en) 2017-02-14 2023-11-28 Research Triangle Institute Proline-based neuropeptide FF receptor modulators
US11491136B2 (en) 2017-02-14 2022-11-08 Research Triangle Institute Proline-based neuropeptide FF receptor modulators
WO2018152134A1 (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-23 Research Triangle Institute Proline-based neuropeptide ff receptor modulators
US10688100B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2020-06-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocylic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
US10966985B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2021-04-06 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
WO2019005796A1 (en) * 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Qian Zhao PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINES AND SALTS THEREOF
JP2021506954A (en) * 2017-12-15 2021-02-22 ピラミッド バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイテッド 5- (2- (2,5-difluorophenyl) pyrrolidine-1-yl) -3- (1H-pyrazole-1-yl) pyrazolo [1,5] as a TRK kinase inhibitor for the treatment of cancer -A] Pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds
TWI848925B (en) * 2017-12-15 2024-07-21 美商金字塔生技公司 Tropomyosin kinase inhibitors
US11230546B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2022-01-25 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-(1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
JP7321183B2 (en) 2017-12-15 2023-08-04 ピラミッド バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイテッド 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5] as TRK kinase inhibitors for treating cancer -A] pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds
US20230124248A1 (en) * 2017-12-15 2023-04-20 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-(1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo [1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
AU2018383571B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2023-09-21 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo(1,5-a)pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
US11739096B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2023-08-29 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo [1,5-A]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
EP4053128A1 (en) * 2017-12-15 2022-09-07 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-(1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
WO2019118584A1 (en) * 2017-12-15 2019-06-20 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. 5-(2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-3-(1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as trk kinase inhibitors for treating cancer
US11459332B2 (en) 2018-03-14 2022-10-04 Fochon Biosciences, Ltd. Substituted 2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanes as TRK kinases inhibitors
RU2781618C2 (en) * 2018-03-14 2022-10-14 Фочон Байосайенсис, Лтд. Substituted (2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2-yl)pyrazolo[1.5-a]pyrimidine and imidazo[1.2-b]pyridazine compounds as trk kinase inhibitors
EP3891152A4 (en) * 2018-12-07 2022-09-07 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Tyrosine kinase inhibitors, compositions and methods there of
WO2020114499A1 (en) * 2018-12-07 2020-06-11 Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Tyrosine kinase inhibitors, compositions and methods there of
CN109593803A (en) * 2018-12-24 2019-04-09 上海健康医学院 (R) preparation method of -2- (2,5- difluorophenyl) pyrrolidines or its salt
CN111362946A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-03 上海度德医药科技有限公司 Pharmaceutical compound and composition and application thereof
EP3932923A4 (en) * 2019-03-19 2022-06-01 Central China Normal University Pyrazolopyrimidine compound, pharmaceutical composition, and application therefor
WO2021083345A1 (en) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 先声药业有限公司 Preparation method for pyrazolopyrimidine compound and intermediate thereof
CN115515591A (en) * 2020-04-15 2022-12-23 派拉米德生物科学公司 Process for preparing tyrosine receptor kinase inhibitors
WO2021211882A1 (en) * 2020-04-15 2021-10-21 Pyramid Biosciences, Inc. Methods for preparing tyrosine receptor kinase inhibitors
KR20220064248A (en) 2020-11-11 2022-05-18 주식회사 한독 A manufacturing method of TRK inhibitor compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4420732A2 (en) 2024-08-28
JP2017538766A (en) 2017-12-28
AU2015365587B2 (en) 2020-07-23
FI3233863T3 (en) 2024-07-10
KR102659741B1 (en) 2024-04-23
RU2017125025A3 (en) 2019-06-21
US9701681B2 (en) 2017-07-11
JP6609631B2 (en) 2019-11-20
EP3233863A1 (en) 2017-10-25
DK3233863T3 (en) 2024-07-15
MX2017007748A (en) 2018-01-30
CN107207514A (en) 2017-09-26
US20160168156A1 (en) 2016-06-16
CN107207514B (en) 2020-01-24
AU2015365587A1 (en) 2017-08-03
RU2708674C2 (en) 2019-12-11
BR112017012755A2 (en) 2017-12-26
KR20170095919A (en) 2017-08-23
CA2971024C (en) 2023-09-26
BR112017012755B1 (en) 2023-11-14
WO2016097869A4 (en) 2016-08-04
CA2971024A1 (en) 2016-06-23
RU2017125025A (en) 2019-01-17
EP3233863B1 (en) 2024-04-10
EP3233863A4 (en) 2018-06-06
KR20240055170A (en) 2024-04-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2015365587B2 (en) Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as TRK inhibitors
CA3090482C (en) Tetrahydroquinazoline derivatives useful as anticancer agents
US11420968B2 (en) Bcl-2 inhibitors
CN105732636B (en) Heteroaromatic compounds and their use in medicine
CA3013618C (en) Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as trk kinase inhibitors
EA039783B1 (en) TYROSINE AMIDE DERIVATIVES AS Rho KINASE INHIBITORS
EP2742049A1 (en) Tricyclic heterocyclic compounds and jak inhibitors
AU2015323380B2 (en) Methyl-and trifluoromethyl-substituted pyrrolopyridine modulators of RORC2 and methods of use thereof
CN102143746A (en) CDK modulators
EA030472B1 (en) PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINYL, PYRROLO[2,3-b]PYRAZINYL AND PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIDINYL ACRYLAMIDES
JP2010526138A (en) Pyrrolopyrimidin-7-one derivatives and their use as drugs
EP4129996A1 (en) Novel aminopyrimidine egfr inhibitor
KR20130002991A (en) 8-methyl-1-phenyl-imidazol[1,5-a]pyrazine compounds
JP2022517901A (en) Cyclic urea
EP3638680B1 (en) Heteroaromatic compounds as vanin inhibitors
EP3402789B1 (en) Isoquinolones as btk inhibitors
AU2018334272A1 (en) Tetrahydro-imidazo quinoline compositions as CBP/p300 inhibitors
AU2021377891A9 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazine derivatives as btk inhibitors
JP2023526839A (en) Azetidine cyclic ureas
CN114761399B (en) Imidazole carboxamide derivatives as bruton&#39;s tyrosine kinase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15869420

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2017/007748

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2971024

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2017533343

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112017012755

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177018519

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015869420

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017125025

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015365587

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20151214

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112017012755

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20170614